Insidious Meme

Tension Software: Predicting a Storm – 10-10-2023

Tension Software: Predicting a Storm - 10-10-2023

TENSION SOFTWARE: PREDICTING A STORM - 10-10-2023

Episode Summary:

The PDF discusses a software that detects building and release tension in society, with the current tension being 13 times higher than usual. The author suggests that there's an impending event, which will be emotionally impactful, similar to or exceeding the magnitude of 9/11. This event is speculated to be a response to the current financial instability, with the dollar losing value, leading to potential hyperinflation. The author believes that this event won't be financial but rather a physical attack, possibly involving directed energy weapons (DEWs). The use of DEWs is seen as a cost-effective and efficient method of causing destruction without leaving much trace or requiring many people involved. The author speculates that this attack might target central US locations, possibly related to Cheyenne Mountain or Denver Airport, aiming to cause significant disruption and panic. This event is seen as a desperate attempt by some unseen powers to regain control and influence over the population for at least another year.

#Event #ClifHigh #Software #Control #Population #FinancialInstability #Hyperinflation #Dollar #PhysicalAttack #DirectedEnergyWeapons #DEWs #CentralUS #CheyenneMountain #DenverAirport #OremUT #Disruption #Panic #UnseenPowers #9/11 #EmotionalImpact #Predicted #Major #Target #Attempt #Regain #Influence #Desperate #Magnitude #CostEffective #Efficient #Destruction #Trace #Locations #Speculation #Response #Impactful

Key Takeaways:
  • Software detects unprecedented societal tension.
  • Predicted event with emotional impact similar to or greater than 9/11.
  • Event speculated to be a response to financial instability and potential hyperinflation.
  • Possible use of directed energy weapons in a physical attack.
  • Central US locations like Cheyenne Mountain or Denver Airport might be targeted.
  • Attack aims to cause significant disruption and panic.
  • Event seen as a desperate attempt to regain control over the population.
Predictions:
  • An impending event with significant emotional impact is predicted.
  • The event will likely be a physical attack, possibly involving directed energy weapons.
  • Targeted locations might be in central US, possibly related to Cheyenne Mountain or Denver Airport.
  • The event is speculated to be a desperate attempt to regain control and influence over the population amidst financial instability.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

TENSION SOFTWARE: PREDICTING A STORM - 10-10-2023

To say geniuses out there that I consider like a mad scientist type of intellect. I love having you on the show, man. So thank you for coming back. Sure, no worries, guy. No worries.

Glad to do it. I've had so many guests on my show, both on YouTube and on my back channels. And I know this is going to go pretty deep, but it looks like we're right in the smack dab middle of this war. It looks like it's really starting to escalate. It looks like there's no slowing down.

Both sides are going all in. And I know you've created that software. Are you still using that software? What can you tell us? Cliff?

I'll let you have the floor. What are you seeing pan out right now? What are you seeing happening? What's going on?

All right, so my software has a certain bit of alarm showing. Right? Okay. So my software has a range of values for building and release tension. Okay.

So there are two different types of emotional tension, building tension, where you're getting ready to fight, and then the release, where you're releasing it. Right. So, like, Terry Cassidy the other day was releasing all over you. Okay. Anyway, a reminder.

Yeah. So here's the thing. So the top end of my scale is of the delta between the building tension and the release tension is 580. Sometimes the difference is only in the threes. Okay.

Now these are just numbers. The numbers are not in and of themselves meaningful because they change slightly as I adjust numbers on the words. But what's important is the level of the range has been consistent since more or less consistent. I've had to enlarge the range a couple of times since, say, like, 2001. All right, so now we have a situation where the delta is not within that range.

It's out here at 81 point something. Okay, so 13 times higher than our usual that is the tension in which are you talking about? Like, you could tell by the chatter on the Internet. Correct. My software is going through and picking up language that's being leaked, picking up the emotions, and it gets it right, and it gets it like that.

And we'd have building tension, and then you'd have release of that language. Right. And so what we're looking at now, this is release. That's like an outpouring, grief, suffering, wailing, all of that kind of shit. Right.

It could also be happiness. Okay. That's release partying. Let's party. That's release language now.

Right now it's hovering at 81 something.

This would be like, looking like building tension. Release tension. Building tension. Release tension. Building tension.

Release tension. Wow. Right? So here's the thing. Is there a way to tell between the two?

Between the release? Yeah, it's release language that is dominating what kind of release it is. I don't think it's a party. Okay. So I think it's pretty negative.

I get confirmation on my stuff by watching people that are psychic that have proven records as like remote viewers or psychic intuitives or whatever, right? And all over the Internet, no matter what language, iranian, Russian, Estonian, Albanian, all of the psychics are picking something up, all right? And my budy Dick Algae, and I'm going to talk to him tomorrow and we're going to do a video on this. He and his remote viewing group are also picking up something way big. Now, here's the thing with this.

I'm not going to get into the details on his, but he has talked about this on JC's, on Beyond Mystic Channel. They had a remote viewing, Dick and his group, everybody goes to Remote View and they all get this same subject, but it's nowhere near what the question was. And so everybody know we screwed up, something went wonky, so they do it again and it happens again. Everybody gets the same thing, but it's nowhere near what the question they were being asked. So basically what happens is like this if you're a psychic and you go out or a remote viewer.

So remote viewers are like, in my opinion, they are the black belts of psychic, okay? They're trained, all right? So they train themselves in a martial arts fashion to get better at their craft, whereas a psychic just goes along, right, and doesn't really know, they never examine it and so on honed in. Correct. Okay, so the remote viewers here are saying that they want to go and look at this target.

Here's the target. And that's where they're being sent by the remote viewing tasking. But their view is always pulled over this way, no matter what they do, okay? And it's because this thing is so damn big that it overshadows their ability to get at that some kind of event. Correct.

Okay, so here's the thing. I'll let Dick characterize it tomorrow in his group and stuff, right? But conceptually, this is the same thing that's happening with that 81 number, okay? We're going to have some event that's going to have so much release language following it that it's going to dominate everything. And so I'm saying that this is between three and 13 times as emotive as 911.

Holy shit. And bigger than Lahaina.

So if you really think about this and everything that's happening with the House hearings, the walls are closing in on them. They're going to start playing you don't think so they don't care about that. They don't care about that. That's a minor little ripple to them. But they have to make some kind of big move.

Correct. They have to make no. Okay. So in my understanding that would not be accurate. Okay?

Now what's driving everything is the dollar, the money, okay? And so here's the deal.

All of the financial records that would have exposed all of the deep state and everything were in building seven, and what happened to it? Magically, it disappeared, right, as along with all the records and we had that event that brought in the Patriot Act. So I would not be surprised right now that there was some dictatorial law 2000 pages of crap that's already ready to go for whatever this event is, okay? I believe that it's my thinking that this event is going to be triggered is triggered in the future by events that are going on now relative to the financial situation. And that outcome is for sure already.

So it could be some kind of a financial apocalypse? Well, no, it wouldn't be like that. Okay, so the financial apocalypse is already happening. So this is a little tricky. So stick with me on this, all right?

Hyperinflation is not an economic or a fiscal thing, okay? You're going along. You got inflation at 40%, and then in one month inflation could jump to 100 or 120%. Okay? It doesn't happen because of how much money they're putting into the system at that stage.

It is entirely a psychological wave that sweeps through the population where they say, holy shit, this is not worth toilet paper. I've got to spend this thing right now and get some level of value out of it because tomorrow it's going to be worth less. So if it took one of these to buy a sheet of toilet paper today, it'll take two or three of them to buy a sheet of toilet paper tomorrow, so I'd better spend it today. That's what hyperinflation is. It's this emotion, this tension, this building tension, value around the value of the currency, and it just triggers and the whole population within days because one person starts panic spending, buying everything they can, as though they were suddenly trying to hoard things, right?

And the grocery store owner sees this, mrs. Jones, why are you buying three carts full of steaks? That kind of thing. Right, exactly. Panic buying.

And the panic starts to spread. The panic ultimately spreads up into the financial people, all right? And so the people that the Federal Reserve cannot have a hyperinflationary episode work through the population of the US. They could sort of deal with it if it worked through dollars that are outside of our country. Right.

They could manage that a little bit. It would cause big problems. Here we'd get up to like maybe 60% inflation, but somewhere between where we're at now, which is like 40% inflation and 60% inflation is the potential to trigger over to hyperinflation, where everybody, as soon as you get paid, you spend it all that day. Okay? This has huge ramifications for a system that is run on credit, credit cards and electronics.

Because at the end of every month when people got paid with paychecks or the end of every week, there's going to be a massive spike of spending and then everything dries up in the rest of that week and it really alters the nature of the social order. So the powers that be the Federal Reserve, the mother Weffers, they're fighting among themselves all the time. Our Federal Reserve right now is caught in a quandary. Do they try and save the Federal Reserve note and thus themselves? Or do they pay attention to what Klaus Schwab and the mother Weffers want to do?

It is my thinking that the upcoming hyperinflationary wave that could hit the US. Has to be offset in a 911 kind of a fashion. They need an event to try and cover their ass. So I don't think we're talking about banks failing. I don't think we're talking about digital anything.

I think we're talking about a physical attack, and I believe it'll probably be directed energy weapons because of the efficiency of that attack. Okay, so there was all kinds of magic. So the Khazarian mafia employed thousands, thousands of Jewish witches prior to 911, and they worked the magic, right? And they worked it up for the entire month of August and for the first ten days of September. We watched this those of us that track this shit online, we watched this happen.

We didn't know what it was going to lead to, but it led to 911. Okay, so it is my thinking was at work before 911, they were going all in for that. Okay? Correct. So they're trying to work the spiritual side, the financial side, the psychological side, all of it together in a package.

This is how you have to think. Holistically right? And so, in my opinion, they will have an event, and they will try and capitalize on and control as much of their problems as they can with this one event. But to my way of thinking all right, so my way of thinking is that things are not static over time, that humans learn. Humans have an experience.

We harden with time. Right? And so if you beat me every day for a week about the shoulders, my shoulder is going to get pretty tough right. On that. Next week, they'll be sore.

Two weeks after that, you won't be able to beat my shoulders to any good effect at all because I will have toughened up. This is the nature of our reality. Okay, so my thinking is that this was 911, and that kept them going until 2020 on their plan. Right. But we can't have another 911.

Our emotional upheaval and stuff is way the hell up here already. Whatever higher than that. Correct. In order for them to control us, they need to have something, as I was saying, between three and 13 times higher than 911 to try and extend that out into 2024. Now, bear in mind, look how long they got with 911.

We're up so high that all they're hoping to do is to control one more year. So you see their desperation.

There you go. Now let's discuss that. Okay, so I'm not of the opinion that they can do a nuke. All right? And here's why?

In order for a nuke to be used, they would have to involve several thousands of people, all right? And they're not in a position now where they can go around and clean up those several thousands of people afterwards that they don't talk. And look at how shaky everything is in terms of their ability to ensure silence, right? You got all these whistleblowers people that used to be down and dirty, they ain't getting paid, so now they're talking, right?

And they can't be bribed anymore because the paper is no good because it's all interconnected and the paper doesn't have any purchasing power, right? So what if you get a million dollars? Big deal. That's just not going to keep you silent that long, especially at this level. This goes along with Juano Saban's vent of Cuban Missile Crisis 2.0.

Okay, let's stop right there, though. Okay, so that was nukes. Now, here's the thing about nukes. A small nuke, not like suitcase, but like a small nuke that could be used on a city, requires a big airplane. It requires a crew, requires fuel.

There's paper trails left everywhere. There's people involved. There's airports, there's the potential for security. That all is going to come back and bite them in the ass. And they're so desperate to control through this year that they don't want to deal with any kind of fallout in between from whatever the hell there is they're doing.

And it's a cost issue, okay? It costs you real money to bribe several thousands of people, even if they don't know why they're being bribed or what's going on. It is easier to have a screen in China, Indonesia, Malaysia, India, the United States, even somebody sitting behind a screen pushing a button on a drone that releases a series of energy weapons. There's a cost to this, but it's far less than thousands of people loading a nuke. It's only maybe 50 people.

Wait, you're talking about direct energy weapons. Correct. What we saw in Lahaina. But they had to blame climate change on that. Okay.

No. Okay, so track me on this. All right, so there's three types of directed energy weapons, all right? There's the sonic one, and we're not going to really deal with that at this time, but there's the lasers, and then there's the high power microwaves. Now, the lasers are part of the process, but the damage is done by the high power microwaves.

The high power microwaves, though, have a failure.

I would think I'm getting a picture here with a vaccine. I don't know. It's going to be really magnificently violent. But here's my thinking. Okay?

All right. So what I think they're going to do, because of the nature of what I've got in my data, and maybe I have yet to talk to Dick, and I have yet to even watch his video that he sent me on their debriefing. They're so kind to do that. Dick and his crew are just such nice guys. But anyway, so here's what I think that's going to happen.

We'll just say that down here there's a valley, and this is the target in the place that I think this is going to happen. There's a pretty consistent cloud cover.

What I think they're going to do is I think they're going to use a laser and they're going to disrupt the touch that your high power microwave can beam in through it. Because if a high power microwave starts beaming in and hits a high enough water level in the clouds, it does all of the damage and stuff up there. So my thinking because of some of the stuff I've got in the data is that this X right here, okay? So my description on this is this valley and mountains and other things that make me think of Cheyenne Mountain, denver Airport, and one other place I'm not going to go into, okay? So let's just assume that I'm correct about this, that it's going to be one of these mountainous places.

So I'm thinking that this attack that's going to take place is planned right now for central US. But they're going to blame it on a natural event. But it's not going to be climate change. It's going to be a meteor, it's going to be a system. Everything they're going to take, I think, right now, here's the thing, okay?

So my data sets have provided me hints, and that's all it is, okay? Just hints just made me psychically. Tune in and think of these three particular places cheyenne Mountain and the Denver Airport. Then there's this one other one that would be really bizarre. It has these kind of criteria in terms of what it looks like, but if they hit that one, it would break the backbone of the Internet for some period of time, especially in the US.

It would slice us into regions because of the place there has this particular set of equipment, right? And so it would be really strange. It would be like with the ten days of darkness. Correct? Only it wouldn't be ten days.

It'd be like in the United States, it'd be like ten years. Because we don't have enough replacement equipment. We don't have the people to do it. If they do this, bear in mind, down here, it's going to look like a nuke hit, okay? Because this directed energy weapon can just keep beaming on down there also.

So grasp this, this high power microwave. You'll sometimes see it as HPW for just regular wave the 911 towers as they were falling. That's what caused the free fall and the dustification of the 911 towers. So they just sighted down on the towers, hit a button and dissolved it on the way down. So there was 1.25 million tons of material in the towers.

Do you know how much they hauled off? Do you know how much they actually hauled off? 40 truckloads. 40 truckloads of material. Wow.

So where did the 1.25 million tons go? It was turned into dust and gas. And so this is what I think is going to happen. Now, if this is the Denver airport, they're after whatever the hell is underneath it. Okay?

So they would just keep going and going and going and going until there was just a big smoking crater in the ground because we also can say it would make sense. Also Cheyenne Mountain because correct. Trump shut down Cheyenne Mountain. That's basically their opposition right there. That's our stronghold.

And also Cheyenne Mountain was connected to whatever the hell is under Maui wow. So they got to take that out. I don't know. They got to take out Cheyenne Mountain. See, I think these guys are not very sophisticated, so I wouldn't do things this way, but I'm not a bad guy.

Okay. But I think they have to do something that is energetic and psychologically captivating. And the second part of it controls how much is the first part is used. They need so much energy into this that they capture our minds and hold them for a year. They want to get us into release language, know, in flux so that they can move us and control us.

For a Denver, denver would be a target. Not just the airport, the whole place. Well, there's the thing with the directed energy weapons. They spread out. They're precise, but they're not like pinpoint, right?

So they spread out in their effect. So just beaming it down in on the airport is probably going to do a lot of damage to the whole region. What may even affect all of Colorado for all I know, because they got to go through if they were going to get the Denver airport, they've got to get that huge layer on top. This has to happen, all right? And so in my opinion, this would have to happen before April 3 of next year.

And again, in my opinion I'm sorry, that's what Juanito says. He says the same thing. That the timeline. Okay, let me explain this. Let me just tell me this adds up to you.

October testing of the national emergency system is October 4. He said that lines up with about six months out, which would be November, December, January, February, March, April, April. Okay. It's a power number, a power time, April 4. Here's the deal about that, okay, so that's correct.

All of that's factual. There's another thing to take into consideration. These people are into the dark arts, our enemies, all right? So bear in mind we fight warlocks and witches. So I'm a shaman.

Okay? I know magic. I can do magic. I can do everything a warlock does. It's just I got better things to do, right?

So here's the thing. I know that and I know that they must cooperate in their magic with cycles. So I'm not so sure that they would let it go beyond the first part of March. It's going to be much better for them to do it in the winter than it is in the spring. Just, that's why things happen in the fall, right?

To set us up so that they can magnify the winter effect on our minds and control us that much longer. You know how you feel in the winter, right? Is it because it's so freezing? Why would they do it in the winter? Okay, because there's less light.

All right, this is really spooky, dude. We are light beings, okay? So if you wrap yourself up in tinfoil, not only will you overheat, you will have a fantastic experience in your pineal gland as all of your biophotons are pushed back into your body. I do not recommend this, okay?

But it is akin to a psychedelic without taking a drug. It is that powerful. We are light beings. We react to the sun, we react to light from the stars, we react to reflected light, et cetera, et cetera. In the winter, we have so much less because of the angles of the sun and stuff, especially up in the northern hemisphere, so they're going to try and harmonize.

So what if I wrap myself in tinfoil and take a psychedelic? Oh, you wouldn't survive. No way, dude. The bigger you are, the more biophotons you extrude. Okay, I'm sorry, bigger you are?

Is that you said or what did you say? Yeah, the larger mass you have, the physical mass, whether it's fat or muscle, doesn't matter much. There's slight gain with muscle over fat, but you emit more biophotons. Okay, so bigger people are going to suffer. The effects have a bigger trip, so to speak, than smaller, thinner people.

It's just the way it works. You're just not going to get as much of this bounce back into the pineal gland. Now if your pineal gland is calcified, you're not going to feel very much, you just get overheated and you're going to throw up. Right? And like I say, it can don't do this.

But my point being that we are light creatures and look, dude, how many times have you been treated with light for your injuries? The red light pads, all of those kind of things, right? Yeah, come to think of it, yes. And you know, if you were to be like up in the northeast in the winter, you know how you would feel less light in the day. You don't care so much about the cold, but it's the light that impacts you.

So I think these guys would harmonize and so of course I'm thinking they're going to maybe do it before January ish right, maybe it could get as far as February. But shortly thereafter the angles don't favor them. The next time they would have an opportunity would be the next fall. I don't think they can survive that long economically. I agree that's too late.

Juanito and I have talked about this, and I've had some other people on that. This fall looks like a vertical jump in the drama. Are you seeing that as well, this fall? Just because I'm saying it on my program. That's what that release language is.

Release language is Carrie Cassidy's drama that hit you the other day. She was like nine out of ten of her statements were release language. Yeah, that wet fish just slapping you upside the face. I mean, I could hear the blows over here while I was sweeping. Yeah, I'm abused.

I'm abused, Cliff. Yeah.

At least you heal quick. It's all right.

So then what happens after that, as that happens, and this event, whatever this event is, which you say is going to be your theory is it could be direct energy weapon, right, that makes the most sense. What's the aftermath of that? Do you have any kind of reading on that? Okay. All right.

The bad guys don't want you to know that this is part of the war, so they're going to have to do everything they can. So they are creating any warm temperatures that exist in their climate change model. That's all entirely hoaxed up. Right? So we would expect a massive, massive, massive psychological operation all focusing on this being a natural occurrence of a meteor hitting us.

They may even throw act of God.

You get a meteor, that kind of shit. They'll do everything just pile on the psychological crap after this supposed meteor hits us, and then they're going to get on the case and be serious about it. On any blowback that people would say it wasn't a meteor. But could it be? Maybe.

Could they play the alien card prematurely? Could they do that right now? Could that be the next thing? That's why they were so pissed about the congress yesterday or the other day. Okay, so, you know, they oh, Mexican.

Yeah. Mexican Congress. Okay, but see, here's the thing. There was verbiage, quite a bit of verbiage coming out of the Department of Defense that was saying, all this is bogus. And it's like, why does our Department of Defense give a crap about what the Mexican Congress hears about space aliens?

Maybe they care because they didn't want that whole shock value to be taken away from them. And it's already starting to spread around the planet. People are now starting to sell space alien artifacts on ebay, that kind of thing. Not the artifacts of the space aliens, but what the humans did in carving the space aliens that they interacted with, et cetera. Right.

So does this event, since you can foresee this coming, and I'm sure the white hats can, the good guys can. We all can. Now my audience can. Now that we see this event coming, can we stop this, or do we need to stop it, or does it need to happen? Okay, so there you go.

Dude, that's above my pay grade. That's a question for universe, all right? So I'm a doer in the body. My job is to do shit on this planet.

So I'm not the thinker, I'm not the knower of information like that. So I don't know if enough of us were looking at Denver or looking at Cheyenne Mountain, would they do it? If enough of us say it's not going to be a nuke, it's going to look like a meteor, they're going to fake a meteor, they're going to do it directly with energy weapons. Will they do it? What's his name just said he isn't going to run out of Utah.

Yeah. Okay, so why did he do that? Because enough of us are looking at him and saying crime, crime, crime. Okay. And look at what's happened with the mother weapons themselves.

The level of degradation is huge. The last conference, this is a panic move that they have to pay, they have to play this card. They have no choice right now. It could be stopped, okay? Not necessarily by you and me directly forming a huge mass of people that are all looking at the same place, but maybe because we all get excited about something like this.

Maybe because we're all psychic and we're feeling something coming like this. Our white hat guys pay attention and go do shit. Okay? So this is kind of like the quandary that you faced the other day when Carrie was hitting you with that mackerel, all right? Because she was saying that why didn't the interceptor platform stop it, why didn't the military stop it?

Well, we don't have interceptor platforms, that for one thing.

But anyway, though but you see my point here, right? I don't know if this has to happen, if it happens, then we must be moved by universe to fight fiercely. Any psychological stuff that comes on out because maybe we'll break them right there. Maybe so many people will know in advance that they're going to fake up a meteor. That when they come on out and say, oh look, Denver Airport just got hit by a meteor.

Everybody and their brother is just going to erupt and just be a giant riot on the internet and the planet and so on, and we'll get rid of them all. Wouldn't they have to use MSM to bring forth this problem? In other words, problem reaction, solution. So wouldn't they probably a month before the meteor hits, start putting it out on television and saying, oh, it's coming, there's something, or was that there's already been two of those really? Two new objects in our solar system?

One from about three months back. I remember Lester Holt talked about a mothership that came into our solar system. Yeah. And beyond all of the space aliens and all of that. But I'm saying that there's two rocks they've identified, so maybe they've got their candidates lined up, right?

Wow. So we could be looking at some kind of catastrophe. That's going to surpass 911. An attack it's not a catastrophe, an attack that they'll blame on nature. They'll have to blame it on nature, like some outside God, whatever.

That will probably be an event that happens before April. That's what we're we're not psychic. We're just saying this is our no, we are psychic. Everybody that gets on the Internet and just types shit, leaks out language because they're psychic and they don't have any other way to get it out. And I pick that up.

And also I talk to people that know they're psychic that have routines, that have rituals, or in the case of, like, the remote viewers that know rigid protocols, that have formality and that are successful and have a huge track record, and the psychics are saying, some shit's coming at us. Now, I'm going to talk to Dick Algae tomorrow afternoon, and he'll put it up on his site at some point, right? And he will show his drawings and these kind of things as to what he's got on this. And you go watch that, and then maybe you're going to want to interview Dick Algae and talk to him about that from his viewpoint, right? Did you make that connection?

Yes, I will. I will send you email. No worries. I'll tell Dick, et cetera, okay, he's in Hawaii, so you got time.

Uh, so you need to personally ask him questions about what he formal, how he did it, et cetera, et cetera, so that you will be assured, as I am, that he's, in essence, validating what I'm getting numerically. So bear in mind, what shocked me was not any particular kind of language coming through. It was the numeric sums that I run every damn time on this language in order to get the delta of the release versus tension to see if we're going to go into a building tension period or if we're going into release. Now, if I were to say it, I would suggest that an 81 level of a release value would last about a year. Could it be a coronal mass injection?

Could it be a solar flare that they blame it on? Might be. I don't know what they're going to pick, but they're going to cause it because I've seen some news on so maybe they use that. Okay, see, that's a little difficult. So here's their real problem, all right?

So think of it this way. If they use a directed energy weapon and slam into Cheyenne or any place in the United States, continental United States, right, it doesn't matter where, but if they use a do and they do that, then what's Putin going to say? What are all these world leaders going to say when these fuckers say, hey, it's meteor? Putin's going to say, no, we didn't see anything coming in. All these other places are going to say, no, it's no meteor.

We don't see shit coming. Know you guys are lying and Putin, he's based he'll call them liars to their face, right? And all of us and see, now we're at that point where they probably, in my estimation, are having ambivalence about every single move they make. And something this large is going to cause them many repeated trips to the toilet as they ponder this, right, because it's going to release their bowels every time they think about the potential blowback on this because it's so vulnerable to their psychological operation not working. And here's the thing.

So you're a professional fighter. Have you ever had any fights that were not in a ring, not supervised? Yeah, many. Okay, so you know the feeling then as the situation evolves into a fight and how the language builds up in tension, and then at some point it's no longer language, it shifts over into the physical, right? Okay.

At the point that it shifts over into the physical, that's the point at which we enter into an area of the unknown. We don't know how it's going to come out, right. But we know that two things about this. There's going to be that the fight is ongoing now and that the outcome is irreversible. You can't stop the fight in the middle and everybody go back to their positions.

It's not organized that way. So you will feel that issue of change, that state of flux, go through your body. And I bet you, you felt it in your gut, you would feel a little bit of butterflies before you started getting moving, right, as the language is rising, okay? So that's what's affecting them. And they've got butterflies like mad because it's going to be irreversible once they do it.

And with an 81 value on my metrics, and that would go for a year, imagine what would happen that would go for a year if we had enough normies that believed them, if there was enough control mechanisms that they could put in, what would be the other side of that 81 value in release language? Hang them. Right. Which is going to happen anyway. But no, there is that option, okay?

What I'm talking about is lynch mobs now, so I grew up in the south, okay? Streets. This will be the big one, right? So if they do this and they're not able to get enough normies to stifle the rest of the opposition to all the bullshit they're putting out because they'd need a certain mass of normies to be able to stand up to the rest of us saying, hang them. Right?

And if they don't, they'll be pulled out of airplanes, their limos will be stopped on the road. People will decide, I'm an assassin, I'm a hitman, and maybe they won't make it because of the security and so forth. But imagine Bill Gates being his security people, having to that's going freak that motherfucker right out. They'll quit. They won't put their life in danger that much.

They'll be done. Okay, so there's the problem guy. All right, so it's estimated that 1% of the human population at any given time is a psychopath. Okay? So we have 311 millions in the US.

That means we got 3.11 million psychopaths. So there's a lot of psychopaths. They don't react the way that and then there's this other group. It's estimated that there's 3% of the population are sociopaths. And a sociopath, he'll go along with the psychopath.

He'll the psychopath. Right? But the sociopath, they're not wedded to this ideology that the psychopath has, and they'll flee. So I agree with you. Those people would not put their lives at risk.

But I bet you Bill Gates got his security people out of that three percent.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Clif High & Sarah Westall on Antarctica and Tartaria and Consciousness – 03-25-2022

Clif High & Sarah Westall on Antarctica and Tartaria and Consciousness - 03-25-2022

Clif High & Sarah Westall on Antarctica and Tartaria and Consciousness - 03-25-2022

Episode Summary:

The PDF discusses the concept of "wu" and its implications on understanding reality, consciousness, and human experience. "Wu" is described as an indescribable aspect of reality, closely related to the Tao, representing things not present to our senses or obscured from our minds. It is suggested that "wu" encompasses everything hidden or denied in our consciousness, and it's something that powers try to obscure from individuals. The discussion also touches on the idea that there are only two models proposed for the universe: quantum mechanics and the ether, with the latter being favored in the conversation. The ether is described as supporting consciousness, which in turn supports the material world where matter exists. The concept of "wu" is said to be right beyond the universe, which is defined as the sum total of every human's experience throughout history. The text also explores the idea of reincarnation and the equality of all human experiences in contributing to the universe.

The conversation further delves into the understanding of language, emotions, and thoughts. It is suggested that emotions drive language and thoughts, with the speaker noting the importance of using appropriate words and the power of language. The speaker also shares their enlightenment experience, highlighting the significance of proper naming and the power of thoughts. The discussion suggests that thoughts are dangerous as they can influence and change social orders, emphasizing the need for societies to examine and accept new thoughts carefully. The text also mentions the breakdown of social orders due to the intrusion of "wu" and the crumbling of frameworks built on lies. This breakdown is said to lead to a dangerous period where individuals without perceptual anchors might gravitate towards any leadership, good or bad. The conversation ends with reflections on current events, suggesting that there is a shift in the social order and media's stance towards political figures, with individuals within the media and politics being investigated.

#Woo #Tao #Consciousness #Reality #Universe #Ether #QuantumMechanics #MaterialWorld #Reincarnation #HumanExperience #Language #Emotions #Thoughts #Enlightenment #SocialOrder #Leadership #PerceptualAnchors #Investigation #Media #Politics #Shift #Change #Breakdown #Framework #Discovery #Senses #Obscured #Hidden #Power #Authority #Knowledge #Understanding #Perception #Experience #History

Key Takeaways:
  • "Wu" is an indescribable aspect of reality, akin to the Tao.
  • Wu represents things not present to senses or obscured from consciousness.
  • Two models for the universe are discussed: quantum mechanics and the ether.
  • The ether supports consciousness, which in turn supports the material world.
  • Human experience contributes equally to the universe, regardless of its duration or impact.
  • Emotions drive language and thoughts.
  • Thoughts are powerful and can influence and change social orders.
  • There's a noted breakdown in social orders due to the intrusion of "wu".
Predictions:
  • The breakdown of social orders due to the intrusion of "wu" will lead to a dangerous period where individuals might gravitate towards any leadership, whether good or bad.
  • There is a shift in the social order and media's stance towards political figures, with individuals within the media and politics being investigated.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Clif High & Sarah Westall on Antarctica and Tartaria and Consciousness - 03-25-2022

Hi, Cliff. Welcome back to the program. Thank you very much. I'm very happy to be here, especially at this time. Oh, I'm so excited to have you back.

I have been binging on your shows, and it's been like I told you in the email, it's been therapeutic for me because you're looking at things from a big picture. Because if I look at trees, I get anxious. But if I can look at the bigger picture, that's what I need to have sanity. So you've been kind of providing that for me. So I thank you for that.

But let's get into it. First of all, what the heck is wu? People want to know what is because all your shows are based on wu. So what is that? Okay, so we can look at it a number of ways.

It is not simply an idea. It is an attempt to describe something that exists in our reality that is almost indescribable. So it is very close to the Tao, and I think the Tao actually is part of the Wu. It is a small part that they identified. But the Tao or the Wu is everything that is not present to our senses.

Those things we deny in our minds, those things that are hidden by our minds, those things that are hidden by our senses, those things that others would hide through obscuring our thinking. Okay, so anything that the powers that be want to obscure from you is woo. The fact that they are obscuring it from you is woo. Right? We live in woo.

Now, that's one way to look at it as sort of this abstract, sort of quasimorphous vague kind of a thing. There's other ways to look at it. There has only been two models ever proposed for universe. One is quantum mechanics, which I believe is flawed. And the other is the ether.

The ether predates quantum mechanics and actually has atomism and quantum mechanics as a small subset of it. Sure. And that etheric perspective dates back thousands of years. Right. And that perspective says there is consciousness, and unconsciousness is supported the ether by consciousness.

Now, you can call consciousness God, Allah, anything you want, but as far as we're concerned in this discussion, it is actually consciousness. Right. And so consciousness supports the ether. On the ether is the field. Within the field is the materium, this place where matter exists, our bodies are and in which all of universe is.

And wu is right on the other side of universe, and universe is described. It is delineated as the sum total of every human's experience in life. Is that all through history? All through history, all in perpetuity. And so universe is described that way.

So universe does not include the thinking of aliens unless it intrudes on the thinking of humans. So universe we describe here is precisely from a human perspective. Okay? But it is a remarkable concept because it means that all humans are equal whether you live two minutes and die, or whether you live 100 years and contribute and die. All human experience is equal because it is the sum total of all of our experience over time that makes up universe.

Bearing in mind. As a wu person, I know I'm reincarnated, so I will throw many, many lives into the sum total of universe. And so every person's experience, every person's suffering, joys, et cetera, are equal in their contribution to universe. Very nice, right? This is a very even playing field.

And so it is universe and wu are like, right there. Okay? So universe runs up to wu, and we subsist in wu. Other people have created a framework, a narrative that they present to us as reality that is not wu, that is constructed. And it's trying to block out all of the Woo that would otherwise inform our decisions.

So as a wu person, I can go into a room and I recognize that I am a sigma male. As a sigma male, I have sensory apparatus. I have energy bodies that extend out many, many feet, and I can tell instantly if there is another male in that room or female that threatens me. I can also tell as a woo person that that person is lying without hearing their words because of how they look, the aura around them, and the intent. Feel.

It correct. It is a perception. Feeling is a weird word, okay? I hate to use it because we have three minds. We have a body mind.

And you know your body mind when you hit a hammer on your toe because all of your consciousness rushes right to that toe, that's body mind, okay? Desire mind is obviously desire mind. Then we have feeling mind. Feeling mind is not emotions. Feeling mind is sensory perception.

Women have an exquisite perceptibility of feeling. Men have an exquisite perceptibility of desire, all right? And that's why we complement. Now, feeling is many times confused with the more gross form of sensory perception. So I just don't like using the word.

But you are correct. They bastardize the word into being something that is irrational versus just part of our being. And that's correct. And so many years ago, on the path into this work, when I was getting ready to start to get the idea for the algorithm, I went through an Enlightenment experience, which was the blinding white flash. Seeing your universal body, total loss of time, you're just drenched in sweat, and this stuff just oozes out of you, and you don't know what's going on.

And subsequent to that, I've had a very difficult time using or accepting inappropriate words applied to things. And so it is true, and I've run across this before that one of the first things that happens to people after they have an enlightenment experience is that they must use the proper names for things. It's just you have to do it right. You just cannot help yourself. And so language matters in a way that is really crucial.

And as the person I am as a linguist, because I've made my living for 30 plus years, 40 years, as a linguist with computers or with humans. And as a linguist, I'm very pleased now because we've reached the tipping point and the lies are starting to fall off, and we will get into 2780 years of knowledge. And in that course of that knowledge, we will discover our own true human history, the much more of the history of universe than that has been heard from us. But beyond all of that, the single greatest thing is that we will have a tendency to concentrate on perfecting communication for accuracy. Interesting.

Yeah, because I know that when I did a lot of data modeling back in the day, where I managed kind of broad computer systems right. And for telecommunications, and one of the big stumbling blocks was everybody had a different definition for a single word, and you had to get to a common definition on a word before you could actually design it properly. Correct? Yeah. And I learned that even basic words and so much of our arguing and so much of our confusion is because we disagree on basic words and the meanings.

It's the ambiguity. And it is actually not a mental thing. Okay? I've studied this for years and years. It is an emotional thing.

It strikes us when we go into puberty. And what happens to us is that we get into puberty and our parents are just so lame. They're just such numb nuts. They are language. I know.

And their language just does not suit us. And so I have this emotion and no, their word does not make sense for my emotion. So I have a word, and then I attach my emotion to that. And I'm slanging, right? And so slang is something that comes up with children.

They have a brief burst of it from, say, age three to five or six. It'll fade off for a couple of years once they start getting socialized. Then they have group slanging, say from eight to eleven, and then they start getting into puberty, and it gets really serious because they have that emotional impact to put to those words. So they actually will take old words or create new words, and they will attach emotional meaning to it. And this is the disconnect with old people, because old people will hear these sounds, but they have no way of knowing what is the emotional attachment to that sound.

So you can come on up and have some guy say, no, you can't SAS me. I can't have you SAS me. And you say what?

You see the point. You have no way of knowing a connection there. And so it is the ambiguity of language, but it is driven by our emotions. Now, I actually found a way around it in doing my predictive linguistics by not concentrating on the definition, the definition of the word, I started going to words as descriptors. So words were within descriptors of human emotion.

Once you start looking at it that way, then you find that, yes, languages are related graphically and phonetically and evolutionarily. But across languages, throughout all human culture, you can find that every language will have a cluster of words that will represent this class of emotions, another cluster that represents this class of emotions. So if you were to go to Pilcheck's Wheel of Emotion, he was a sociologist out of I think he's Polish, but out of, like, the 70s or eighty s, and he put together this thing of a wheel of emotions. I altered it for my own purpose and used that as the basis for my emotional reduction engine. But you can lay out all of the emotions that humans can have, and then you can start describing them in detail.

And you will then be able to, once you've got that descriptor support for each of the emotions, you can take those words in your language, and you will find correspondence in other languages. And so you can translate words emotionally rather than through meaning. And that's how you get at the stuff that I get at. Makes sense. Well, yeah.

And is it all thought or all emotional? Or is it kind of thoughts, too? Or is a thought an emotion? Okay, so we do not have thoughts absent emotion. We do not have movement absent emotion.

Now, here's how the body okay, so we have a desire mind and a feeling mind that are normally pretty well joined, right? And then we have a body mind that just sort of hangs out there, and occasionally they all fuse. But in our feeling and desire from which our emotions emerge, those are body prompts. And so the body mind is actually the driver of everything. And so, absent an emotion, I won't get up out of this chair, or I won't make my mouth move and talk to you, right?

Okay. I have to have an emotive nature. Now, humans are matter. We're coarse condensates of energy that is clustered together into a subsection of the field controlled by a subsection of consciousness. So my subsection of consciousness is controlling this subsection of the field in which my body is.

And that matter is being moved by what we can call prana ki chi spirit, whatever anime, whatever you want to put word put on it. But it is that energy that comes from consciousness that puts us together here and makes that matter move. But that energy responds to the matter in a feedback loop. And that's what causes emotions, because emotions are chemical. They're biochemical, but at some point, they translate into the abstraction, which is not an abstraction, but it is a permutation of consciousness that we call thought.

And so thought is dangerous, as the ancients would tell you, someone wandering in from a foreign land that had weird thoughts was put to death because thoughts could pollute the social order. Right. Thoughts are powerful, much more powerful, because it's energy coming into the matter as opposed to energy coming from the matter outward. And so the thoughts that come into you are really dangerous, especially if you do not have a society structured to examine and then decide to accept new thoughts. Right.

And that's what we're dealing with right now. That phenomena is the core because they're trying to keep those new thoughts out and we're trying to bring those new thoughts in, or we're trying to put those thoughts out. I mean, I don't know how that both. It's simultaneous. It can't be one without the other.

You must do that. Right. And so this is why I always follow this thing called first principles thinking, in which you get a real solid chunk of something that you can hang on to in terms of your thinking, and you build on it from there. And you can take these first principles thinking efforts all in huge levels. I mean, fantastic amounts of this.

This kind of like a framework. Exactly. It's a computer framework, in a sense, for your own thinking. And the beauty of it is that if you discover you've made a mistake, you can simply backtrack to the point that the error crept into your thinking, pick up from there and correct, and you don't have to go all the way back. So as a thinker, I don't have to abandon all of my core principles when one of them is proved to be wrong in the changing circumstances.

As a first principles thinker, I recognize that I live here where materium is is the place of change. You reset up your framework, and I always see it as a cloud. I have a framework. And then outside that framework is this big cloud myth. And that cloud kind of dissipates.

Yeah. Yes. Okay, so there you go. The thinking is where you have gelled a certain part of the Woo that you feel comfortable with. This is your little bit of Woo soup that you feel comfortable with.

On the outside of that is the Woo that is out there. And that's unknown Woo is all about discovery. And discovery only lasts as long as it lasts because you can discover something and then almost immediately discover something that invalidates what you just discovered. Discovery is not meaning that it is truth or that is valid or perpetual or worth looking at. It just means that you found it, you can analyze it, and then you can go on from there.

So this is the weird part for everybody now. So our social order is breaking down. The reason it is breaking down is because the Woo is intruding through the framework. Because the framework was built of lies, and initially it had been built solid, and then eventually all the wood in the framework rotted. And it was placed with this earsats paper and paper machete.

It was like tofu construction in China where it's not really cement. You're not really sure what that stuff is, but it's crumbling underneath you anyway. And so we're at that point where the framework had been eroded by all of the lies and now the lies can't stitch it together anymore. There's no there and so they are crumbling. We have reached a point in these last couple of days where I'm saying that it was in the last 12 hours, but it was probably in the last couple of days for sure, in which the overwool will totally smash the framework and it'll just go floating about and drift off and we're going to have to clean it up.

And the normies, the normal population is now going to be put into this position of having no perceptual anchors. And so this is going to be a very dangerous period of time. I do not think it will be turned the way that the same period 100 years ago was turned and they made Germany into the Nazi state. I think that, in fact, those people that made Germany into the Nazi state and got us into the war the Prescott Bushes that were financing Germany from the United States and the complicit senators and all of that all of those kind of people, I think, are in the process of being thrown out of the social order out of participating in the social order as a direct result of our entering into the age of Aquarius. And I'm taking as the entry point December 20 eigth when we had this grand conjunction and all the planets moved over onto the same side of the cone that we follow in behind the sun.

And so all of our energies, all of our mass, everything was concentrated in this one area. And so it changed everything. That was the real tipping point. We small humans are just now experiencing the tipping point created by Saturn and Jupiter, right? That kind of thing.

And so our world is upending and the poor normies are being cast adrift. The problem at this point is that without leadership, the normies will gravitate to any leadership, good or bad. Right? But the good part is that the overwoo is showing the perpetrators of the lie, the builders of the false framework for who they are. And we're seeing evidence of that now.

Look at how the mainstream media has turned on Biden, okay? It's not just that he screwed up, right. There was another subtle twist in there. If you listen to the language that the individual people are using when they're out there getting on his case where know, Biden could do no wrong, right. The words they're using are betraying a level of personal fear.

They sniff the change in the wind. They know that the social order has changed and that they know that the devolution is in progress, that the Biden and all of those people that put him into power are on their way out. And the media fear the retribution that is coming to them. They're trying to save their butt is what they're trying to do. Many of them will hang.

I hope so. Well, look at this. Look at the people don't understand how well okay, so most individuals don't have first principles thinking and working for them. And so they won't examine an idea really thoroughly. They'll just get a hint of it the headline issue, right?

And so a headline is, Durham is investigating Russiagate. And so he's investigating and you read and he's investigating some political guys that probably put together this devious thing to get at their political enemy, one Donald Trump. And so Durham's investigating this, but people just don't quite understand that when they say he's investigating the Russia gate, that the media are culpable. Individuals within the media are culpable, and they will go down for it. They are being investigated as well as the political people that they had all those ties to.

And I'm of the opinion that within the last few days, an idea dawned. Piece of information was handed out because there are certain individuals that are really scrambling now, and they've totally changed their language. They've gone into CYA mode, and it will get a lot worse. This is a very predictable milestone in a progression that, once begun, can't be stopped. And we're in it already, so it won't be stopped.

So this is truly a fantastic time because for the Woo guys, right, because my whole thing was I'm glad I'm alive now because I have skills that will be able to aid me in poring through the Woo, searching for our true human history and the history of this planet. This information will be coming out now that the framework, the paradigm is falling away because that paradigm not only directed our attention over here and held it within this box, it was deliberately set up to obscure from us stuff that's out there in the Woo that's direct to us. So I'm fascinated about all the stuff that's hidden from us, about Antarctica, and I'm fascinated about all the stuff under the bottom of the ocean that's hidden and so on and all of this kind of stuff. And Tartaria, Tartaria, how could there be a huge empire just a few hundred years ago, according to the maths and stuff, and it not have relevance to us today. Something is really OD there, and I've heard multiple things on it, and I'm not sure if I believe some of the things that are coming out on it.

They were purposely hidden tateria because they corrupted it and wanted to keep it. I heard some weird things. I kind of think they're doing what they're doing to us right now. Like they destroyed that empire and then they covered it up, kind of like what I think they're trying to do what they did to Tateria, to us, and maybe I'm wrong. That's just a gut I have.

I have no proof. This is the thing, okay? So in the Wu, you don't have a whole lot of solid stuff to stand on, okay? And you're going to run into lots of interpretations that are inaccurate because of that. So you have to say, okay, there's evidence, and that's this building, that's this old map, here's some documentation, then there's everybody's opinions on that evidence and all their conclusions.

So if it sounds like a conclusion, I'm throwing it away at this stage, and I'm just looking at the evidence. What I like to do is say, okay, we've got buildings. We've got buildings that are covered in mud. We've got some old map fragments. Now, is there anything else out in our current society life now that would support that?

And so I go out, I look around, and curiously, or expectedly, there is, okay, so we have the empire of Tartaria. And do we have remnants of that empire in the peoples? Yes, we do, because we have the Tartars. We have the Caucus peoples, and the Tartars and the Caucus peoples had a particular history, okay? And so what is revealed if you go deep enough into the Tartars and the Caucus peoples, also called the Cossacks, okay, if you look into that, you're not supposed to talk about the Cossacks.

It was done away with in the Bolshevik Revolution. Why was this? Because if you concentrate on the Cossacks, you find out that the last or that the officialdom of the area, which was the Russian SARS, used the Cossacks to do what? Destroy the last of the giants?

Yeah, they destroyed the giants. I heard that.

Okay, so now if you go back to pre Russian Revolution and you root around in the documentation and stuff, you will find descriptions and drawings, because it was back into the 18 I want to say 1880s or 1890s, you will find drawings of Cossacks bringing caged giants to the Tsar. Isn't that crazy? There's newspaper clippings from here with giants and bones and things, right? And actually, here's something else. I had a relative in the Depression that was working, got his job through a casual association with somebody that was a freemason, and he made a dollar a day going out in terrible conditions and heaving giant sacks of bones, huge sacks of bones, off into the ocean, out of ships off the coast of California.

And these were the bones of giants. These sacks would have one or two femur bones in them, and it would take eight and ten people to lift them up and heave them over the side. And that's all they did all day long, was to heave this stuff over the side into the ocean, because this was found in California, and as the Mason said, it could not be there. So now, was Tateria a brutal regime, or was it? Just go ahead.

So I go and I look into what I know of in the way of records from the Byzantine Empire. Okay? Because the Byzantine Empire rubbed shoulders throughout the entire period of time for like, 1140 years. So they were the longest lived modern day empire around. And their records would seem to indicate that Tartaria was a remnant when they were growing up, so to speak.

All right? So the records that we have about Tartaria are, as an empire, are so minuscule and probably so deliberately destroyed and hidden that we have no real way of knowing what was going on there. We have to assume that their ethos is not ours. Just like in Justinian's time or any of these other times. They don't have the same kind of ethos as ours.

So to apply the word of brutal would be a conclusion. Right? We don't know. But we do know they were extensive. They were rich, they were into some serious mining.

They had some interesting building techniques that they got from somebody else. Because there was no sign of evolution of these techniques. It just suddenly started in their construction. We know that there's social order people that have a remnant of a Tartarian history just the way that we have Chinese now that are, in essence, the remnant of ancient Chinese empires. Right?

We have the Mesoamericans, the Mexicans are the remnants of the ancient Aztec Empire. That sort of a thing. So there is evidence for it. Why it should be obscured is a very interesting question indeed. Well, and is that why there's the Dark Ages or the Middle Ages is because there's something behind that.

There is more there. Go ahead. Right. That's the anatoly Fomenko. Okay, so there's this Russian guy.

This Russian guy is very educated. He's a mathematician. And he says, shit don't make can't. Shit just does not make sense in history. And so he set about this huge effort and lots of people came to him and they've been building on it.

It's an international effort. And they have discovered that if you were to look at King Lists, right, who inherited the country from who and was the king for how long and so on, there are duplicates of King Lists. Names are almost even the same. And so 1200 years of history and all these kings here is basically repeated here for the next section. So he thinks the Middle Ages did not exist.

And he has evidence to prove that the people we think of as running around in the little, like, from Hollywood, the funny little Roman skirts and stuff, the gladiators with their short swords and the little skirts and their tunics and stuff didn't happen. Okay? If you actually look at the representation of most of the Roman Empire, they were dressed in what we think of as medieval garb. Okay? So this 800 years, 900 years of history doesn't exist.

It was put in there. The reason it was put in there is because of this weird thing about humans we don't want someone else to have a one up on us. And so this Anatoly Fomenko and he's a brilliant researcher and I'm going to just encapsulate his conclusion into one kind of pithy little saying. And that is that one day a white guy ran into some Chinese fellows and the Chinese fellows said our empire is 6000 years old. And the white guy said, well, yeah.

And he says, well, my empire is 7000 years old. And neither one of them were factual, right? And so at some point it became sort of quasi official braggadatio and they just had to backfill the support. And they did that through the Jesuits. And the Jesuits have a history of altering history, okay?

We know that they are the ones that have been altering history for the Catholic Church for generations. And they have multiple accounts of history and they keep them all separate so they can build on them and they usually don't get too trashed up in it. So we know from Anatoly's work that this particular group of Jesuits in this particular time constructed 800 years of history which did not exist. And that's why we have the Dark Ages where there's no real there there. And that's why it doesn't line up with what was happening in Mesoamerica.

That's why we don't have the one to one. We don't have an accurate correspondence to Columbus coming here to North America and what he discovered here. Because all of our history has been lies. Yes. Right.

So did you know that the Chinese were on the West Coast when Columbus was in Hispaniola? No. Right. Chinese have been coming to California perhaps for one 5000 hundred years, intermittently. The only reason they never colonized the United States or what we think of as North America was because they were grossly out.

It's a huge distance to come. The Chinese are not logistically good sailors. They only had one giant expedition of exploration ever. And since then it was just little ones. And the fact that we had 60 million people living in the continent at that time and it was pretty developed.

They had developed cities, they had all sorts of stuff. Well, here's the thing no, they didn't. Okay, well, there were some cities. Well, that's what I heard. I mean, maybe that's bad information.

We have to be careful about that. Because here's the thing about the North American population. These individuals, for whatever reason and you can put on many different kinds of reasons they're not technologically bent, right? So they just don't go there. Africans are that way to some extent.

The Hindus are that way. They're very inventive and so on and into technology now. But in their ancient history or not ancient history, but I mean, in the modern ancient history of a few thousand years ago they were not. Really out there crafting new inventions, the way that we see in Europe and so on. They weren't driven by the extremes of environment that cause you to have to alter your environment in order to survive.

That's what makes you really an inventive person. So the people in North America didn't have the wheel. They had invented the wheel, but they'd never applied it to anything other than toys. So they didn't have chariots. They didn't have so you see the North American Indians pulling with their horses, pulling people on basically two sticks with some blankets through it, bouncing across all this stuff.

They didn't have wheels. They didn't build roads. They were not that oriented that way. That was not their relationship with living with the planet. And so they see that in us as a negative.

Right, because our relationship of living with the planet degrades the planet in their view, because we build roads, we cut down trees and so on. For instance, the natives around here at that time would go on out and only harvest what they needed out of a cedar tree in a particular way. And so in order to leave that tree to grow, so they would take a particular section of bark, cut out some of the wood, they would pack it back in, and then they'd put the bark around it, and the tree would recover. Same thing with the spruce and some of the others. So they had that kind of a relationship with the planet that did not make them technological.

So the cities and so forth that were here, which I grant you, there may be some evidence of that, because there is evidence of vast civilizations were inherited by these people, not created by them. Okay, well, that could have happened. And there's some facts that maybe Tartarians created it because some of the same architecture that they use. Yes, and screw the architecture, because that is really an aesthetic which can be copied. Sure, yeah.

But look to the actual building techniques. Well, that's maybe more yeah, more pertinent. Okay. But so there is that. And there's weirdnesses about North America.

We see in the journals of the original Founding Fathers where they came here in their first weeks and stuff. Here they said, this land has shown evidence to us daily of having been through a great catastrophe. And they also mentioned the giant bones they found and the big graveyards and no people and how the natives told them that the giants used to eat humans and all of this kind of stuff. Thomas Jefferson writing about this sort of thing. Right.

And so we see those kind of weirdnesses. We also find in small boat journals going back hundreds of years, we find that the whole Mississippi Delta, the area of Louisiana, all the way up through the Mississippi into the Missouri conjunction, was riddled with okay, that looked like Egyptian stell that were not wood. They were stone. They were foresighted. They had the pyramid top, and they had four faces, and they had, I think, two or three languages that were describing something that we didn't know what it was.

They turned out to be navigation markers. So I know of a journal, and I've got it around here somewhere in one of my many boxes of books. This journal has an article in it in which this guy is describing his great uncle's or great grandfather's sea captain's journal, where this guy was paid by what was going to be later the Smithsonian to go. And this would have been in the 1790s and through the 1820s. So for over 30 years, this guy made a living with his boat and his crew and wrote in his journal, and then this article was written about it, and he was paid to go and remove these stell from the collect them and put them in his boat, haul them back to Washington, DC.

From the Delta area of the Mississippi. And these stell were, by the way, one of the languages was Hertic, which is a form of Egyptian so. Why do you mean so? They made an effort to hide the history of North America, the true history of North America. I think the history of Antarctica is somehow tied to the history of North America.

And maybe I'm wrong, but something happened. And I also think Tateria is connected to all this stuff as mean because Antarctica has pyramids. And you're the one that told me this pyramids that are so huge they have doors for giants, which is probably this giant race that got or somebody else. Yes, somebody else from somewhere or whatever, or maybe it was spaceships wanted to fly in. Who knows, right?

But since then, it's come out through the Google Earth and through all of these researchers that go and risks snowblindness. Looking at satellite photos of Antarctica, they found tons of stuff, including things that are like 20 story spires or like a 20 story needle apartment building kind of a thing sticking up out of the ice. And if you go to some of these other channels, like Bruce Seesall and Mars Anomalies, there's guys there that have contacts with people that have been to Antarctica, that have provided them with pictures of stuff that in the distance. Those are not mountains. Those are human creations, or somebody created these structures, and we think of them as a mountain.

And you can clearly see that it is not that. It's some kind of an artificial thing that had been built. And so Antarctica is truly amazing because in the 1970s, there was military expeditions that were run by the US army. And within the US. Army there was a subsection that had to do the work, and that was a subsection section of the infantry.

And my father was an officer in the US army infantry, and he was at one point, given these four eight millimeter movies 435 millimeter movies. They were on small little reels, though. And all we had at that time was an eight millimeter home movie camera kind of thing. And my dad had to go rent a projector and so on to show them to us. And I watched them maybe three or four times when I was a kid.

I was probably sorry it wasn't the 70s, it was in the 50s. Sorry, I was going to say the 70s. Wow, there's more expeditions. Okay, no, that makes sense. But I saw it in the 60s.

We watched those movies in 1968 in Virginia, and in those movies there was one long one and three small ones, and in one of them, the guy was saying actually had sound with him, and they had professional Army PR guys that were as the anchor or the describer or whatever you want to say, the personality. And he was taking him through and off in the distance, you see this giant black mountain, and you see these little trucks and stuff down at the base of it. There's no snow anywhere, anywhere in these films, by the way, in this one particular film. And he says, oh, yeah, look at this. And he holds up this lump of coal, this lump we don't know what it is.

It's very round, it's very shaped, it's not irregular, it's very black. And he says, this is the hardest cleanest burning anthrocyte that can be found, according to the scientist. He gives off a bunch of statistics about it, and then he says that's what that mountain is made out of, just sitting there. All you have to do is scoop it up and take it. You don't have to mine it.

So there is a conical shaped mountain of coal sitting in Antarctica. And the guy says in this movie, he says, this was in the 50s, so our population was smaller. And he said Scientist so and so estimates that there's enough coal in that one mountain to supply all of the United States's energy needs for the next 200 years. Wow. Okay, so I've seen some clips of Antarctica where people are swimming in hot baths, and there's so much more there.

And when they had all the world leaders, a bunch of world leaders went down there right about the time that Trump won. It was like they all met. It's almost like it's a headquarters for something. Exactly. And that was part of is the this is the weird, terrible thing we're at right now.

Okay? So all of the world is living in Devolution. So we've had an evolutionary process relative to government that's gone on for all of my life. It's getting bigger and bigger and bigger and bigger and growing and morphing and so on. Now we're coming into Devolution.

So all of government is going to disappear over these next 18 or 20 years, and we'll keep what we need and throw away the rest. This is happening because of the nature of that government is inimicable to humans. In my opinion, it is easiest to just simply categorize it as being run by the mantids. And it is my opinion that there is a being, a thing that is giving instructions, and people go to Antarctica to receive instructions and to have their minds altered. Okay?

And so these people go there specifically for that purpose. They went there after around the Trump time, once he came into power, because Trump was a pivotal wedge that disrupted the evolutionary growth of the government up to its ultimate end, which would have happened by 2024. So, okay, was a spoiler. He was a disruptor, disruptive influence. Right.

A change agent is how we refer to it socially. Someone had selected Trump to be the agent of change that was necessary. That change was coincident with our moving into the Aquarian Age. I believe that was planned. I believe that what we're experiencing now would not have happened two years ago would not have happened five years ago because of the energies of that time that it had to happen now, and that the planners were astute.

Enough to coincide to sync up their efforts with the slide into the Age of Aquarius because of the energy that it provides all of humanity as well as their efforts. And so when they went down, so when Trump becomes president, that totally came out of the blue. It disrupted it. They had cheated so well, they knew they were going to win, just like they've been cheating since 2004 and so on with these machines. Right.

There's evidence of this. People have been discovering this evidence and they have set these plans in motion to create a state of devolution. In devolution. The idea is that we will dissolve away functionality from those that we wish to isolate. And so we basically dissolved the government away, leaving Biden and the other puppets up there and fully exposing the people that pull the puppet strings.

And therefore the mass of the people of the country, of the world can look up and see how they've been manipulated and then they won't go along with it anymore. So this is a particular kind of a magic technique. This is a demystifying magic technique where I was going to say, don't you think they did it to themselves with this vaccine? Because suddenly people are going to say, no, this is so much bigger than that. That is simply really because with people dying in mass, it's going to be I know there's all these other things, but people have to go, screw you, we got to figure this out.

Correct. And they will be doing that, and many people will stop at that level and exist at that level. But the woo is deep and is ancient. There's stuff floating out there that we need to examine that's going to be floating up at us here. So that is just an aspect, not even really a dominating aspect.

Okay. This is a war. You can characterize it as a spiritual war. You can characterize it as a war against good and evil. You can characterize it as a war to liberate humanity from the globalists.

You can also, in my mind, characterize it as a war to liberate humanity from alien influences. The beings that they think are Satanic, the ones that they're taking direction from, that they think is their God. Correct. Okay. I think they've been duped by these other beings or some other bad guy and they think it's God.

No. Okay, so I don't think that these beings are consciousness. These beings are not the creators of the universe. No. Okay, go ahead.

Okay. And the globalists, but the globalists believe these beings. They may indeed some of the globalists may be so naive and stupid as to believe these beings to be the creators of universe. Right? But the others, I think, are just Lucifer, right?

And they're sympathetically vibrating to what these beings are able to enhance. Okay, so here's the way of our planet. If you have an idea that is set in your mind and you set that idea hard enough and put all of your life force behind it, you can manifest that idea. It doesn't matter what it is. It may only be able to be supported by universe because it's so weird and twisted for a brief minute, but you could do it, right?

On the other hand, if you were to try and manifest something that was harmonious to universe, you're going to get a lot more support from universe in doing that. But it is the putting that thought into the matter, the condensate energy that makes it actually happen and manifest. Now this is because we are energy. We are vibrating energy just sitting here quivering. Our quivering is in sync, patient is in sync with the universe.

And that quivering powers our pulse, our thoughts, our sweat, the chemical reactions in our body, everything, our emotions, all of that is all energy. It's all frequency. These beings have the ability to see us with senses that we do not have. These senses that they have allow them to see in through our flesh, to see in through the barriers to our eyes. Because we only see that that is reflected.

We can only see reflected light. These beings can see origination of light. They see the biophotonic in us. So they can see our various millions of vibrations that are in us that cord together to form our energy bodies. And we have some people that can do that, like Sherry Edwards or can hear hundreds of times better or I mean, there's people that are able to do that.

Go ahead. As a result of my enlightenment experience, I see auras. It's just a pain in the fucking ass because I get emotional impacts from auras. It's great. If I'm in an Aikido, dojo I'm very good at that because I can see the aura which is ahead of the thought.

I can react without having to have a thought because I'm reacting my aura to them. So I'm very powerful and very fast. Right. Because there's no thought involved. I haven't been able to eliminate that process.

But yes, we have people that can do that, but these beings have one more beyond that. Yeah, they have other capabilities. Okay. There's one other one that is key and that is resonance. Okay?

So if we were to take a clock and it's got a pendulum, and you put it on a wall and you put another clock with a pendulum on the wall and you set it to a different set of stroke, at some point they will become resonant and they will both be penduluming. They will both be swinging at the same rate. These beings have the ability to push through your energy bodies with their key, with their life force and push on your energies until they set up a vibratory resonance that then they can draw you into them to the thoughts and the grosser forms of it all, the negative kind of ugly. It's easy to see. Right.

Okay. So it's easy for them to see that in individuals, to see that negative force and it's easy for them to manipulate. That's why all of the sociopaths, the psychopaths and the pedophiles are their victims, so to speak. Right. And so vampires, energy vampires don't go after regular people.

I'm impervious to it. Right, you're impervious to it. They can't really do this kind of stuff to us. They freak us out and so on, but they're not going to be able to energetically motivate us the way that they do these other humans. And they have put those other humans through their manipulation over the course of centuries into positions of power to generate this point where we are at now.

And they're in the process. They have basically been running for a couple of thousand years a human farm and they're harvesting. So the ones who are dying have been diluted to taking the shot by the psychopaths that have been had that resonance. So these beings through the psychopaths, through resonating, all the psychopaths all around the planet, look at how it's all global Chinese, everybody, all the governments are out trying to vacci people. All the governments are controlled and they're all resonating on this same pulse.

And that pulse, even though it goes through the government has still been sufficiently strong enough to get billion or more people vaccinated or dead through the clot shot. And that's how it works. Yeah. And the thing that is so disturbing is so much of our family and our loved ones were duped into it. Right.

So we are in a situation. That's why I know you've said this is going to be a very dark time. I am just convinced that there are some positive things we can do to keep them from getting sick and to reverse it for not everybody, but for small groups because not everybody's even going to listen to us. But there is a way to do some there's hope, I think, but not without hope. Yeah, I think there's hope, but I think it's so disturbing because when we are talking about massive and I think that's part of now, do you think that the saline solution or the placebo was given to some of these bad guys?

Because why would they kill off they're not going to kill off their own troops. Well, first off, the beings that are organizing it don't care.

Do.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Inflation Could Really Be Double Digits And Will Keep Rising – Shadowstats’ John Williams – 09-18-2023

Inflation Could Really Be Double Digits And Will Keep Rising - Shadowstats' John Williams - 09-18-2023

Inflation Could Really Be Double Digits And Will Keep Rising - Shadowstats' John Williams - 09-18-2023

Episode Summary:

In August, the headline CPI was reported at 3.7% year over year, but estimates suggest it could be as high as eleven and a half percent. Had changes not been made between 1980 and the early 2000s, the CPI would be around eleven and a half percent. John Williams, the publisher of Shadowstats.com, suggests that the actual inflation rate might be much higher than reported. The primary driver of inflation has been the heavy money creation by the Federal Reserve. The variability seen over the past year is largely tied to oil and gasoline prices. The administration's decision to open the Strategic Petroleum Reserve influenced gasoline prices. The CPI's recent upturn was due to rising gasoline prices, which are expected to rise further. The Federal Reserve's perspective on inflation is that an overheating economy drives it. However, the economy was already in recession when the pandemic hit. The current economic indicators suggest a deepening recession.

#August #CPI #Inflation #Shadowstats #JohnWilliams #FederalReserve #MoneyCreation #OilPrices #GasolinePrices #Economy #Recession #Pandemic #StrategicPetroleumReserve #EconomicGrowth #HeadlineCPI #CoreCPI #BLSReport #MoneySupply #Unemployment #GDP #PetroleumReserve #BankingSystem #LaborMarket #Employment #UnemploymentRate #DiscouragedWorkers #EconomicStatistics #FederalReserve #EconomicIndicators #HeadlineGraphs #EconomicCollapse #EconomicDeterioration #EconomicAssessment #EconomicOutlook #EconomicPatterns

Key Takeaways
  • The headline CPI for August was 3.7%, but estimates suggest it could be much higher.
  • John Williams of Shadowstats.com believes the actual inflation rate might be higher than reported.
  • The main driver of inflation is the heavy money creation by the Federal Reserve.
  • The variability in inflation over the past year is largely tied to oil and gasoline prices.
  • The economy was already in recession during the pandemic and is showing signs of a deepening downturn.
Predictions
  • Gasoline prices are expected to rise further in the coming months.
  • The economy is showing signs of a deepening recession.
  • The unemployment rate, based on broader measures, indicates a weakening economy.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Inflation Could Really Be Double Digits And Will Keep Rising - Shadowstats' John Williams - 09-18-2023

Looking at the month of August. This morning we had a headline CPI that came out at 3.7% year over year, my estimates up at about eleven and a half percent. And had those changes been made, not been made between 1980 and the early 2000s, they'd be 40 with CPI of around eleven and a half percent right now. CPI numbers came out today on Wednesday, and it looks like headline CPI ticked up yet again to now 3.7%. Core CPI has continued to fall now down to 4.3%.

We're talking now with John Williams. He is a publisher of Shadowstats.com, and we'll be talking about his measurement of what inflation could actually be. It may actually be much higher than it is today, his outlook on inflation, what's been driving inflation, and his outlook on economic growth. John, an honor to host you. Big fan of your work.

Thank you for joining us today. Thank you for having me. First, talk about what happened last month. With inflation ticking up slightly to 3.7%, what's your initial reaction to today's BLS report and the numbers that they released? What do you think drove inflation?

Well, underlying the inflation has been very heavy money creation by the Federal Reserve that's underlying it. But the variability that we've seen over the last year or so has been largely tied to oil prices and gasoline prices rising and falling. Specifically, if you look back at the pre election environment, a year ago, inflation, inflation was rising and the administration opened up the Strategic Petroleum Reserve and liquidated part of that to create a better supply of gasoline, which helped to bring gasoline prices down. And they also exported some of that which helped to boost the net exports and get the GDP up. While coming into the election, they drained about half the reserve and that pretty much continued into January of this year.

But now, from what I can see, it is not being drained. And you're beginning to see some reversal of those numbers as the markets responded. The big factor today in the upturn in the CPI was rising gasoline prices. And you've got much higher gasoline prices ahead. The gasoline prices came down before the election that gave you lower inflation coming into the election.

But gasoline prices are on the rise again, you can see them. Just to follow up on what you just said, why do you think there will be higher gasoline prices ahead, bringing the system back into balance in terms of supply and demand? Again, what the administration did was they took artificial means to flood the system with gasoline. That's pretty well worked out. Now we're going back to the older supply circumstance which will push the gasoline, it'll narrow the supply of it's narrowing the supply of gasoline and pushing gasoline prices higher.

Do you have an estimate or an idea of what the equilibrium price of oil should be?

What I'm looking at in the pricing here is generally how it gets translated into the US. Gasoline prices, I think you'll be another 10% higher the next two to three months. Okay, so going back to your inflation outlook, I didn't mean to interrupt you. So your outlook on inflation that I'm guessing is also going to be higher because of your outlook on gasoline. Well, in terms of the headline CPI.

But if you look at the way the Federal Reserve looks at the numbers, if you listen to the Fed Chairman, when he's outlining where things stood, he said that we had an overheating economy that was driving inflation and he was raising interest rates in order to kill the overheating economy and to kill the inflation. This is early on in the Fed's cycle here. Now, you had an economy at that point which was already tanking or had tank. The pandemic had hit, economy was in recession. We're heading back into recession even with the official numbers.

So that to say that the economy is overheating and they were raising rates to cool off the economy and that would help bring down inflation, that certainly helped to cool off the economy because the economy has continued to weaken since then. We're in a deepening recession. You're not seeing growth in any of the major economic indicators except the GDP, and even that's beginning to falter. We are going to talk about your recession outlook and your economic assessment, but I want to draw the viewers attention to your work on shadow stats. You provide what the site describes as alternative data or alternative charts, and in particular, you followed inflation for quite some time using a metric that they used to use and they no longer use.

So can you please just describe, first of all, your methodology for making this calculation and second, what your findings are for what inflation should be? Should we use these metrics? Sure.

What happened? And I'll contend that the headline CPI is about as good a measure you can put together of inflation as you had it up until the early 1980s. What happened in 1980 is all of a sudden you had a surge in consumer inflation, much as we had a year or two ago. Here where the Congress had set up a cost of living adjustment for Social Security recipients. They realized all of a sudden they were going to have a big dent in their budget for the next year because the amount of adjustments made to bring the Social Security recipients up to speed with inflation was going to be quite meaningful.

And what they did, instead of doing anything per se to reduce inflation fundamentally, they worked to redefine the series. And they so instructed the Bureau of Labor Statistics Catherine Abrams, who's then the head of the BLS, had in her memoirs that said, gee, if only you could find a way of using this way to approach and calculate these numbers, we might be able to find more money for the BLS. It was clearly aimed at changing the methodology, reducing the numbers, and effectively not being fair to the people who would go in on Social Security with the belief that their cost would be covered in the future. For rising inflation, the first thing the government did in its readjustment, one of the biggest single components was in housing. And it used to be that you'd have a measure of the cost of owning a house, but they redefined that as homeowners equivalent rent, where the government determined what the average homeowner would pay himself to rent himself his own house, and then they would estimate how much he'd be increasing the rent on himself going forward.

And then that was their inflation measure. And right up front, that knocked one and a half percentage point off the headline CPI. And the government's been very open about that. Every time they make a change, they explain what's happening, they estimate its impact. And all I've done is, I've taken the standpoint that the government should have left its methodology in place and done other things to balance things.

The people who came into the system and what they came into the system with is what I estimate. That's where the inflation measure is today, as I'm measuring it. Had they not made all these changes, and they've made a number of changes from 1982 into the early two thousand s the first decade of the 2000s, aggregate differential is up around eight percentage points at this point. So that it's.

I restate it as though they had not made those interim redefinitions because it's not on a consistent basis in reporting. I'm trying to report it as consistently as I can with the way it would have been. So that right now, looking at the month of August this morning, we had a headline CPI that came out at 3.7% year over year, my estimates up at about eleven and a half percent. And had those changes been made, not been made between 1980 and the early 2000s, they'd be reporting with CPI up around eleven and a half percent right now. Even by your own measurements, the CPI has been coming down since its peak from last year.

John, is that primarily again because of the falling oil price? Yes, a lot of it's due to the falling oil price.

In fact, the oil prices probably have been the single biggest component there in terms of the volatility. But in terms of the high level that you're living with here, that's primarily due to the money supply. The variabilities with the oil price, the general magnitude is due to the money supply. Now, do you think that the money supply will at some point revert back to positive growth? The M two money supply has been contracting on a year over year basis, as you know, over the last year and a half.

Is there some point in which that could reverse in the next maybe twelve to 24 months. You think it's possible? The Fed can do a lot here. If they want to bring the inflation under control, they need to bring the money supply under control. What you're seeing with the broad money supply right now, the M Two is down about 4% year over.

Excuse me. Yeah. The broad money supply is down about 4%, I believe, year over year. So it actually has shrunk some. But the narrow measure is up about 4% year over year.

And it's not just the year to year change there, but what happened in that first year. When you're looking at the tremendous liquidity that was pumped into the system at the end of that first year after the pandemic hit, the most narrow measure was up something like 120% from where it was before. Year over year, the broad money supply, M Three, was up something like 43%, 44%. Year over year. That's unheard of.

But since then, as you go from year over year against the big disruption the year before to the next year, where all of a sudden your year ago was also at an elevated level, all of a sudden the year to year change comes back in line. So what we had is effectively a balloon of money growth in that first year following the pandemic. And all that cash that was surged into the system to prevent systemic collapse is still there. Do you think that the Federal Reserve may have overtightened monetary policy and contracted the money supply too much? No.

Let me put it this way.

They need to get the system back into balance.

It's very difficult to do this in a painless manner.

I don't see an easy way out of it for it. If they want to have a stable economy and a healthy banking system, it's difficult at present. The economy right now is contracting. If you look at things ingestion inflation, look at things such as retail sales, industrial production, the construction area, even the unemployment numbers turned negative last month. You had a jump in the unemployment rate.

That's showing a troubled economy. It's not booming the GDP year over year, it was heavily gimmicked by this oil deal. If you took the oil out, you'd had two negative quarters of GDP back in 2022. The last half of 2022 would have been negative except for the oil gimmicks. And we're now at the brink of probably turning negative again with the headline GDP, unless they start playing games again with the oil, which I don't think they can afford to do, given the depleted level of the petroleum reserve.

So it's not a stable circumstance. You don't have a booming economy. You never have. And it wasn't overheating. The Fed talked of raising the rates to kill inflation, but it needed to provide liquidity to the banking system and profitability to the banking system.

The banking system is fragile so that the higher rates, they have better margins. And with the money supply. They have liquidity which they need, but the money supply has not been meaningfully altered to try and contain the inflation. They didn't worry about the inflation initially. They knew it was going to be a side effect, but they were more worried about a systemic collapse and they prevented a systemic collapse.

And my hats off to them on that. Now, John, I like to play a clip of President Biden making a speech about the labor market. I've showed this to a few economists and I've gotten various responses. I like to get your response to this 1 minute clip, so I'm just going to play it for you. Please take a listen.

Sure. My predecessor was one of only two presidents in history who entered his presidency and left with fewer jobs than when he entered. Look, look at where I are now. Just this morning, we learned that the economy created 190,000 jobs last month. All told, we've added 13.5 million jobs since I took office, around 800,000 of them manufacturing jobs.

We created more jobs in two years than any president ever created in a four year single four year term we did in two years. What's more, when I took office, the unemployment rate was 6.3%. The nonpartisan Congressional Budget Office predicted that it would not get below 4% until the end of 2025. Now, unemployment and unemployment rate has been below 14% for the last 19 months, the longest stretch in over 50 years. We recovered all the jobs lost during the Pandemic.

We've added a million more new jobs. More than 700,000 people joined the labor force last month, which means the highest share of working age Americans are in the workforce now than at any time in the past 20 years. Absolutely not. That's nonsense.

First of all, he has people working with them who play with the numbers. But when he came into office, you were sort of at a nader and you had the collapse of the Pandemic in terms of the employment. So coming off what is the worst employment collapse in modern time? And having one of the greatest jobs gains and boost is not surprising. It's all relative.

The unemployment rate is not too meaningful, and let me explain why. Because I started off with the CPI, because I wanted people to have an honest report on what was happening to inflation. But the government has changed the way it does things with other numbers, including employment, unemployment, and the GDP. So I look at the way those numbers have been changed, and one thing that you'll find with the unemployment is the way that it's defined.

The headline unemployment rate is simply the count of the people who are out of work, want a job. And if you're out of work but you're not actively looking for work, you're not counted as unemployed. So that's the headline unemployment rate. And that got real low under President Trump, and it got real low here but now you're seeing that rise. There are broader measures, and I look at the broader measures as being more meaningful because people get discouraged.

There's no work to be had, and so they stop looking. They're called discouraged workers. If you haven't looked for work in the last, I think, six weeks, you're not generally not counted as unemployed. But if you weren't looking because you didn't think there were any jobs to be found, they'd count you as a discouraged worker, but they only count you as a discouraged worker for a year. After that, you're no longer counted.

If you look at some of the amazing jumps in the numbers here, what you'll find is that with the extraordinary gyrations that the employment numbers and really all the economic numbers have gone through with the Pandemic, you have some unusual things. And the first anniversary where people would be discouraged from working, or candidates discouraged workers because of the Pandemic, no job to be had, afraid to go back to work.

All of a sudden you have a sharp drop in the broader unemployment rate because they're just defined out of existence the way the unemployment rate is estimated with the payroll numbers.

That's an estimate based on what companies are actually doing in the way of payrolls. And those numbers, after a year or so, when they have hard numbers in hand, are probably the most accurate employment indication out there. But in between, you get all sorts of variations in Gyrations with the surveying and other games that are played. But the reason that the unemployment rate is as low as it is is that you have a lot of people who consider themselves to be unemployed but are not counted as unemployed because of the definitions and timing. And part of that is due to distortions that came out of the Pandemic.

The numbers that you're seeing with any of the economic statistics here have been knocked all around with the effects of the Pandemic. You wrote in a commentary earlier in the month that you think that the Federal Reserve wanted to trigger a recession, and it looks like it has succeeded. You said, starting here with the headline graphs on unemployment. Although the upside movement in the unemployment rate is minimal, the longer term plot shows it has started to take on the shape of something that was last seen with the Pandemic collapse in 2020. I think the general question would be whether or not, based on your calculations, the unemployment rate already indicates we are already in a recession.

Yes, it does.

The broader unemployment rates have been rising with me, but you'll see that in the last couple of months that the actual level of the unemployment rate has gone higher. Now, mine is a broader measure than the other ones because I include basically long term discouraged workers. That's a much higher number than the government has. But the government in the headline numbers, you get counted as unemployed only in the headline number, only if you're actively looking for work, then if you're you want a job, you're actively looking for work. If you've been looking for a job and got to work and there are just no jobs to be had at the moment, you're not looking, they don't count you.

And there are different degrees at which they measured going to their broadest measure, which is a U six, which after three months of discouragement, maybe six months of discouragement, they just don't count you anymore. So what I'm looking at those numbers and the patterns there, and the broader measures which the broader measure that I have, my broader numbers are getting as bad as they've ever been. And you look at the patterns of deterioration, the broader measures are getting worse. The headline numbers are getting worse. And that is to me an indication that the economy is weakening, not getting better.

I think the average consumer or a person watching this is wondering to himself or herself whether their standard of living is going to change in either way going forward into the next twelve to 14 months or 24 months. Given your outlook on inflation, given your outlook on economic growth or deterioration, what do you think?

I'm looking at a deteriorating economic circumstance, which will probably mean some deterioration in the quality of life and people's incomes depending on their employment circumstance.

The Fed has moved to kill the economy as much as it can by raising interest rates and it's having its effect. But the economy was already sinking. It was not exploding. It was not booming as the Fed was advertising. They were using that as an excuse for the inflation and why they needed to raise rates.

The reason they raised rates was to give the banks a better business environment. And the reason they flooded the system with liquidity was indeed to keep the system afloat, to keep the, the banking system afloat, to keep the banks set with liquidity. But it is that inflation, it's a money supply. Extraordinary growth. There big, big bulge now.

Yes, it's not changed much year over year since last year, but last year it was up 120% in the most liquid area. And that bulge is still there. And that's what's driving the inflation. We had an upturn in the inflation today.

That's due to two factors. One, again, just an underlying inflationary environment. But secondly, you had the variability of the gasoline prices, and that's going to go up and down, but the gasoline prices were catching up closer to reality. Do you anticipate the unemployment trend that you've just talked about to continue, which is to say unemployment will continue going up? I'm looking for the economy to continue to slow.

Know, either the federal government or the Fed gets more clever than they have been, but they're both right now doing everything they can to not necessarily deliberately to effectively stimulate inflation. The Fed, with its money supply growth, and we'll see if they cut back on that. They've leveled off. But again, you still have the bulger. The federal government just eliminated the debt.

So you're going to get an increasing flow of federal government spending on top of what the Fed's been doing here. And with the net result that you're probably going to see higher inflation, but the wages are not going to keep up with the higher inflation. So it's going to be a weakening economy for the average person. A final point I want to bring to your attention is a great wealth transfer that is to be expected over the coming decade. Currently, the baby boomers, people born between 1946 to 1964 hold the majority of wealth in America.

And as time passes, they're expected to transfer this wealth to the younger generations, the Generation X's millennials, and the youngest generation, Generation Z's. What does this wealth transfer mean for, first of all, asset prices, and second, just the economy overall?

Well, I would expect the impact to be very slow. Whatever impact it's going to be, you're already in the process of people just don't you don't lose five years of people overnight. It's a very slow process.

It I would not see that as destabilizing, probably stabilizing because it'll be, you know, the wealth to the extent the wealth gets transferred to the next generation, the next generation will have new uses for it that will presumably be put forward in a positive manner.

I don't see any real negative implications. I would say it's generally positive. It's a normal cycle. How much you end up putting people on Social Security or such, that may be another issue because that's going to be increasingly expensive. No limits on it.

Now, my problem is I think you're going to see a very uncontrolled circumstance with the government, with the Federal Reserve in the next year or two. When I say uncontrolled, rapidly spending money that the government can't pay off. The Fed has already created a tremendous amount of money that it's very difficult for it to pull out of the system. Both those areas are debasing to the US. Dollar, meaning higher inflation.

And I think we've got real risk of the inflation problem getting out of control here in the next year or two. Yes, that's what I was wondering, whether or not, again, going back to the wealth transfer, whether or not it has any long term implications for inflation, which is to say, have you noticed any differences in spending patterns between the older or younger generations? Well, the younger generations will tend to spend it on more near term needs, but the younger generation ages as well. I don't think there's going to be enough shift in the demographics in the next, let's say five years versus the last five years. It would make a marked difference in the other areas that are right now gyrating out of control.

But yes, that's an ongoing process and it helps the younger generations, helps their liquidity. Final question. You said that the inflation rate has the potential to go out of control.

Nobody knows for sure, but do you have an estimate as to what would be a reasonable level of inflation in the future, given your calculations? Well, today we had something that's historically it's, you know, we're still at levels that are high historically. In fact, we got up to levels last seen back in the beyond.

I don't think we're going to get back to 1% inflation again for a long time. I think where you are now is probably going to be the near term bottom. And with the way the Fed is still pumping up the system, it doesn't have an easy way of getting that cash out of the system. That cash is all sort of underpinning things as they are.

I think you're going to see the Fed will continue to not withdraw the money supply. Probably it's going to have to put some more in. As the economy continues to weaken, they get their desired recession and then they supposedly want to get out of it. That's all complicated on the federal government side where you now have unlimited government spending which has to be funded.

I think in order to contain the inflation, the Fed really needs to cut back its money supply growth severely. If you get back to where you were before then that's got to be done over five years or something. You may have a circumstance that will stabilize, but where it is now as that gets worked through, I think you're going to see the or as they attempt to work through it, I think you're going to see increasingly higher inflation, headline inflation.

It's higher now than they're reporting. So I'm guessing then you don't think the Federal Reserve will cut rates anytime soon, given that inflation will not come down anytime soon. Well, they could cut rates if they wanted to stimulate economic activity, which doesn't necessarily mean inflation, but they seem to be playing it that way.

What the Fed has done here primarily has been to keep the banking system afloat. They're owned by the banking system.

The banks need to be able to lend money. They need to be liquid, they need to be able to make money in lending money. And the things that the Fed's targeting here is aimed at keeping banking system solvent and in place. If they lose the banking system, you're going to end up with a new economy, new banking system. Such well if you don't expect the inflation rate to return to 2% in the future, in the foreseeable future, can we then expect the Fed funds rate to stay elevated at around 5%?

Is that the new norm? Of course that has implications for our credit card rates, mortgage rates, all other interest rates. Well, I think the Fed concluded that it had interest rates too low and I think they want to have a shift higher in basic interest rates. I don't think they're not going to go back down to where they were, but I think they may well go higher as they try to contain things here. It's not stable.

They don't have things in balance. The pandemic is extraordinary. The extraordinary magnitude had extraordinary effects, extraordinary reaction by the Fed. The Fed doesn't have a way of unwinding it. They're trying to they want to keep everything as stable as possible.

But number one, keeping the banking system stable because that's their primary baby. That's what they're there for. If they lose the banking system, you have all sorts of economic chaos. So it's they're they're gonna I don't think they're gonna let the money supply get back as low as it was. They'd like to see the interest rates permanently higher than they've been historically.

They've been extraordinarily. So it'll whether they can get it there or not while keeping the system together is another matter.

Thank you very much for a very thorough interview. John, where can we learn more about your work in ShadowStats? There actually is a website, Shadowstats.com. It's been around for 20 plus years, and it was on a web host that back in August went out of business with little notice and had to move it moved the site, but everything was sort of antique in its writing and such. Right now I've got a site either go to WW Shadowstats.com, it's got all the archives in it.

You can see what I've written in the past, but it's very difficult to interact with. So I'm setting up a new site. It's got to be rewritten, but everything that I've written, what I put on the way of commentary, graphs, I publish alternate data, numbers on inflation, unemployment and such. The subscribers are all getting that by email link. So if anyone's interested, just drop me a line at Johnwilliams @ shadowstats.com.

I'll send you the details. I'll send you a sample of what I put out. And I offer two subscriptions at varying lengths. One year at $175.06, months at $89. Excellent.

Well, we'll put the links down in the description below, so make sure to follow John and Shadow stats. Thank you very much again, John, I appreciate your time. Dave, thank you very much and thank you for watching. Don't forget to like and subscribe to this channel.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


The Corbett Report – Your Guide To 5th-Generation Warfare – 09-18-2023

The Corbett Report - Your Guide To 5th-Generation Warfare - 09-18-2023

The Corbett Report - Your Guide To 5th-Generation Warfare - 09-18-2023

Episode Summary:

We are amidst a global war, not the one in Ukraine, but a broader war involving everyone. This war is between governments and their populations, and international institutions against humanity. It's termed fifth generation warfare. This warfare is not easily identifiable by its victims. James Corbett introduces the concept, explaining that it's not just about physical battles but also battles of perception and information. The modern age of warfare began with the Treaty of Westphalia in 1648. The fourth generation of warfare blurred the lines between civilians and military. The fifth generation is debated, but it's essentially a war on the minds of common citizens. Governments and corporations are leveraging technology to control individuals at every level. Information warfare is a key component, with governments engaging in psychological operations against their own citizens. The war also extends to neurological warfare, targeting our brains, and biological warfare, manipulating our environment, food supply, and genome.

#FifthGenerationWarfare #GlobalWar #Perception #Information #Technology #Control #JamesCorbett #TreatyOfWestphalia #PsychologicalOperations #NeurologicalWarfare #BiologicalWarfare #Governments #Population #MindControl #Neuralink #GMO #EconomicWarfare #Ukraine #ModernWarfare #BrainTarget #NeuroWeapons #Infowar #Propaganda #Neuroscience #Genome #Environment #FoodSupply #DigitalCurrencies #BlackRock #NATO #StateControl #Military #Civilian #GlobalConflict #TechDominance

Key Takeaways:
  • Fifth generation warfare is a global conflict involving everyone.
  • It's not just about physical battles but battles of perception and information.
  • Governments and corporations are using technology to control individuals.
  • Information warfare involves governments engaging in psychological operations against their own citizens.
  • Neurological warfare targets our brains.
  • Biological warfare manipulates our environment, food supply, and genome.
Predictions
  • The rise of central bank digital currencies as a solution to economic warfare.
  • An increase in the use of neurological weapons and technologies.
  • A shift towards synthetic lab-based food and further GMO integration.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

The Corbett Report - Your Guide To 5th-Generation Warfare - 09-18-2023

We are in the middle of a world changing war right now. Oh, I don't mean the war in Ukraine, the one that all the media are asking you to focus your attention on. Yes, that conflict continues to escalate, and every day there are new stories about provocations and threats that could lead to a nuclear exchange. But that's not the war I'm referring to. Now, the war I'm talking about is an even broader war, a war that is taking place everywhere the globe, even as I speak, and that involves virtually everyone on the planet, young and old, male and female, military and civilian.

It is the war of every government against its own population and every international institution against free humanity. This is no ordinary war. However, most of the victims of this warfare aren't even able to identify it as war, nor do they understand that they are combatants in it. It's called fifth generation warfare, and I'm here to tell you all about it. I am James Corbett of the Corbett Report, and this is your guide to fifth generation warfare.

What is fifth generation warfare?

So what is fifth generation warfare anyway? And come to think of it, what were the first four generations of warfare? Good questions. For an indepth answer to the latter question, you'll want to read The Changing Face of War into the Fourth Generation, a 1989 article from the Marine Corps Gazette coauthored by William S. Lind.

And you'll want to watch Lind's presentation on fourth generation warfare and the end of the Westphalian Order. This city and every capital in the world is completely oblivious to the fact that it is caught up in a change in warfare so great that it not only makes our current defense and foreign policies obsolete, it essentially makes obsolete the whole framework within which we think about defense and foreign policy. The change is what I call the rise of fourth generation war. And this is specifically the fourth generation of modern war. We now think of foreign affairs and defense totally within the framework of the state.

State armed forces are designed to fight other state armed forces, but that reality is changing. What's happening around the world today in more and more places is that state armed forces find themselves fighting not other state armed forces, but fourth generation forces, nonstate forces. In a nutshell, Lynn's thesis is that the modern age of warfare began with the Treaty of Westphalia in 1648, which he opines gave the state a monopoly on war. From that point on, modern warfare went through three generations, namely first generation warfare the tactics of line and column developed in the era of the smooth boar musket second generation warfare, the tactics of indirect fire and mass movement, developed in the era of the rifled musket, breach loaders, barbed wire, and the machine gun. And third generation warfare, the tactics of nonlinear movement, including maneuver and infiltration, developed in response to the increase in battlefield firepower in World War I.

This, according to Lind and his coauthors, brought us to the late 20th century, when the nation state began to lose its monopoly on war and military combat returned to a decentralized form. In this era, the era of fourth generation warfare, the line between civilian and military become blurred. Armies tend to engage in counterinsurgency operations rather than military battles, and enemies are often motivated by ideology and religion, making psychological operations more important than ever. But some argue we've now entered a new era of warfare, namely fifth generation warfare. There's still much debate about what defines fifth generation warfare, how we know we're engaged in it, or even if it exists at all.

Lind, for one, rejects the concept various scholars have made their own attempts at defining fifth generation warfare. Or Dr. Wasim Ahmad Qureshi, who identifies it as the Battle of Perceptions and Information. Or Chaoyang and Wang Shangsui of the People's Liberation Army, who write of the era of unrestricted warfare in which a relative reduction in military violence has led to an increase in political, economic, and technological violence. If academic debates about the changing nature of warfare are your thing, then there's plenty of reading for you to do on the subject, from the Handbook of Five GW a Fifth Generation of War to a slew of academic articles.

But for the purposes of this presentation, I'm not interested in that debate. In fact, we're going to use a decidedly nonacademic definition of fifth generation warfare from an Al Jazeera article as our starting point. The basic idea behind this term Five GW is that in the modern era, wars are not fought by armies or guerrillas, but in the minds of common citizens. There are two important things to note about this definition. The first is that fifth generation warfare is not waged against either standing armies of nation states or guerrilla insurgents, but against everyday citizens.

The second is that the war is not being fought in a battlefield somewhere, but in the mind. Let's expand the definition somewhat to include the fact that this war is being waged at all levels, not just the mental. The gist of it is this fifth generation warfare is an all out war that is being waged against all of us, by our governments and the international organizations to which they belong. It's being waged against each and every one of us right now. And it is a battle for full spectrum dominance over every single aspect of your life your movements and interactions, your transactions, even your innermost thoughts and feelings and desires.

Governments the world over are working with corporations to leverage technology to control you down to the genomic level, and they will not stop until each and every person who resists them is subdued or eliminated. The most incredible part of all of this is that so few know that the war is even taking place, let alone that they are a combatant in it. The best way to understand this war is to look at some of the ways that it is being waged against us.

Information Warfare stop me if you've heard this before, but this is an infowar, and the powers that shouldn't be are engaged in a war for your mind. Of course you have heard of infowars if you've been in the alternative media space for any length of time, and for good reason. Information warfare is an absolutely essential part of the war on Everyone that defines fifth generation warfare. The most obvious way to understand this is to look at the actual military forces that are engaging in psychological operations against their own citizens. Says here a letter from Nova Scotia government sent out to residents to warn about a pack of wolves on the loose in the province, was forged by Canadian military personnel as part of a propaganda training mission that went off the rails.

The letter told residents to be wary of wolves that had been reintroduced into the area by the provincial and federal governments and warned the animals were now roaming the Annopolis Valley. The letter, which later became public, sparked concerns and questions among residents, but was later branded as fake by the Nova Scotia government, which didn't even know it was the military who was behind the deception. The training also involved using a loudspeaker to generate wolf sounds. The Canadian forces confirmed to this newspaper, guys, let that sink in for a second. They created a fake letter from the government, put it out there saying that there's dangerous wolves, and they set up loudspeakers in the area, projecting out wolf noises.

This isn't just research. This just isn't just a training exercise. They're actively engaging in this psychological operation to scare people using loudspeakers. This is unbelievable. But it's not just out and out military operations by soldiers dressed up in camel fatigues that are part of this fifth generation infowar in the war on everyone.

The establishment uses every means at its disposal to manipulate the public's perception. Take Richard Stengel, the former editor of Time, who bestowed Time's Person of the Year dishonor on you back in 2006, who chaired a Council on Foreign Relations conversation in which he defends the US government's use of propaganda against its own citizens. Basically, every country creates their own narrative. Know, my old job at the State Department was what people used to joke as the chief propaganda job. We haven't talked about propaganda.

Propaganda. I'm not against propaganda. Every country does it, and they have to do it to their own population. And I don't necessarily think it's that awful. Or take Hillen?

Nolton. The PR firm hired by the Kuwaiti government to create the Naira deception in the first Gulf War. They took the babies out of the incubators, took the incubators and left the children to die on the cold floor, who were retained by the who in 2020 to identify celebrity influencers who could be used to amplify the scamdemic messaging. The One World Together at Home event showcased the who's who of top music stars and celebrities who came together over the weekend for a special broadcast of music, comedy, and personal messages, all in gratitude to those around the world on the front lines of the Coronavirus pandemic. So what can we do?

We've got to take care of our healthcare workers and buy them time by taking care of ourselves. The event was led by the World Health Organization and the nonprofit group Global Citizen, or Take, the UK government's scientific pandemic influenza group on behaviors, which outright admits that they use psychological techniques to manipulate the public into fearing the scamdemic, a move that even some of the panel's own members called totalitarian. And no one bats an eyelid. Perhaps the most insidious part of the fifth generation infowar is that it has become so normalized that everyone knows it is happening, but no one thinks of it as warfare. Of course, everything is advertising and propaganda, and of course it's being used to manipulate our behavior.

That's just how the world works, isn't it? But we ignore the real nature of the infowar at our own peril. After all, I've often observed that this is a war for your mind and that the most contested battle space in the world is the space between your ears. You might have thought I meant that metaphorically, but actually, I mean it quite literally. Which brings us to neurological warfare.

If you listen to Dr. James Giordano speak without listening to what he's saying, you get the impression he's merely an articulate, well informed scientist who's passionate about his research. When you do listen to what he's saying, however, or even just look at his PowerPoint slides, like the neurost for NSID slide, you realize that he is Dr. Strangelove. Or if not Dr.

Strangelove himself, then at least Dr. Strangelove's spokesman. But it's not nuclear Armageddon that motivates Jordano. It's what he calls weapons of mass disruption. The various technologies for neurological intervention that the US.

Military and militaries around the world are developing. These include in Jordano's well rehearsed pattern, the drugs, bugs, toxins, and devices that can either enhance or disrupt the cognitive functions of their target, like the high CNS aggregation nanoparticulates that, according to Jordano, clump in the brain or the vasculature and create essentially what looks like a hemorrhagic diathesis. As Sci-Fi as this sounds, he insists that these nanoparticulates and many, many other horrific neurological weapons are already being worked on. The idea here is that I can get something called high CNS aggregation material that is essentially invisible to the naked eye and even to most scanners, because it is so small that it selectively goes through most levels of filter porosity. These are then inhaled either through the nasal mucosa or absorbed through the oral mucosa.

They have high CNS affinity. They clump in the brain or in the vasculature, and they create essentially what looks like a hemorrhagic diathesis. In other words, a hemorrhage predisposition or a clot predisposition in the brain. What I've done is I've created a stroking agent, and it's very, very difficult to gain attribution to do that. I can use that on a variety of levels from the individual to the group.

Highly disruptive. And in fact, this is one of the things that has been entertained and examined to some extent by my colleagues in NATO and to those who are working on the use of neurobiological sciences to create populational disruption. Very, very worried about the potential for these nanoparticulate agents to be CNS aggregating agents to cause neural disruption. And just in case you didn't get the point, you'll notice he illustrates his slide with an image of a human brain in the crosshairs of one of these neurological weapons. There's nothing hard to understand about the picture that's being painted here.

We're at war with an enemy who is literally targeting our brains. But yet again, it isn't just the literal use of neurological weapons by conventional militaries in conventional war settings that we, the largely unwitting combatants of this fifth generation war on everyone, have to worry about. As my listeners already know, avowed technocrat Elon Musk is trying to sell his neuralink brain chip technology to the hipster crowd as a cool and sexy way to upgrade your cognition. Or so the coming AI. Godhead will have mercy on us or something like that.

Anyway, you should totally stick the neuralink in your head at the earliest opportunity. And definitely don't ask any questions about why so many of the Makak monkeys and other test animals that neuralink were using in their brain. Machine interface experiments have dropped dead to anyone not yet a victim of the information warfare operation designed to prepare humanity for the coming transhuman dystopia. All of this sounds insane, but for those who have fallen for the infowars psyop of the enemy, these types of mind altering technologies are exactly as advertised exciting opportunities to upgrade the feeble biological wetware we call our brain. But if you think you can avoid the biological aspect of the fifth generation war by simply avoiding the brain chip, you're out of luck.

You're also going to have to deal with biological warfare.

The biowarfare narrative is understandably back at the forefront of the public consciousness in recent years, not just because of the scamdemic, but also because of the questions being raised about the US backed Ukrainian biolabs and whatever work they may or may not be doing on Russia's doorstep. This picture, for example, comes straight from Army Mill, which was only too happy to brag as recently as last July, that U. S. Soldiers were conducting hands on training and field training exercises with Ukrainian troops in laboratory and field environments that included ensuring the readiness of deployable mobile laboratories. Nothing to see here, folks.

Perhaps the only surprising thing about the article is that they haven't scrubbed it from their website yet. But once again, if we are only thinking of biowarfare in conventional military terms, we neglect the much, much wider operation to manipulate, control and weaponize all aspects of our environment, our food supply and even our genome itself. For the purposes of the ruling oligarchs, this fifth generation biological warfare being waged against us includes the mRNA and DNA and genetically modified adenovirus vector vaccines that have been normalized over the past two years and which, as the miraculously lucky companies that bet it all on this technology, like to brag, is reprogramming the software of life. The genetically modified organisms, both GMO crops and GMO animals that are now being unleashed upon the world in an uncontrolled experiment that puts our health and the very future of the biosphere in jeopardy. The push towards synthetic lab based food that is being funded by the usual eugenicist billionaires and which threatens to sever humanity from the natural abundance of the earth make us dependent on an increasingly shrinking number of companies for our food supply and ultimately to drive us towards a Soylent Green style future.

I'm sure you can fill in the blanks with myriad other examples of the attacks upon the world's air, water and biome that constitute this unconstrained fifth generation biological war being waged against us. When and if you do put the pieces of this puzzle together and seek to warn people en masse that they're under attack, your ability to resist this agenda will be predicated on your ability to use your accumulated resources, your wealth to foster communities of resistance. Don't worry though the enemy has that domain covered too.

Economic Warfare given the events of recent years, even the sleepiest of the sleepy now realize that we are in a period of economic warfare. This war too, has its conventional aspects. On the 2D board, we've seen the NATO empire launch its weapons of financial destruction at Russia. And exactly as predicted, it has resulted in the consolidation of a convenient geopolitical boogeyman bloc and a gigantic loss of faith in the international monetary system itself. And also, as predicted, it has supplied the problem and reaction needed for the technocrats to present their predetermined solution of central bank digital Currencies, or CBDCs.

Just ask Larry Fink, the CEO of BlackRock. The war will prompt countries to reevaluate their currency dependencies. Even before the war, several governments were looking to play a more active role in digital currencies and define the regulatory frameworks under which they operate. This isn't merely a battle between nation states or even competing power blocks. This is a battle being waged by every authoritarian power structure and every government.

But I repeat myself against their own citizens for control of the most important resource of all of them their wallets. Yes. We're seeing the beginning of a truly world historical moment. The collapse of PAX Americana, the death of the dollar reserve system and the beginning of an entirely new monetary paradigm. The central bank digital currency system of programmable money that will be able to algorithmically control when, how and if you are allowed to transact in the economy at all.

We only have to look to recent events in Canada to understand what this will look like. This perfect control of humanity down to the level of being able to witness and ultimately to allow or disallow any transaction between any individuals at any time, represents the apotheosis of technocracy and one of the key objectives of the fifth generation war itself. As this nightmare comes closer and closer to reality, all seems hopeless. But then again, that's exactly the point.

The real war.

I could go on and on and on and on, but hopefully you get the point by now. There is a world war happening right now. It is a fifth generation war or whatever you want to call it. It is being waged across every domain simultaneously. It's a war for full spectrum dominance of every battlefield and every terrain from the farthest reaches of the globe and beyond to the inner spaces of your body and even to your innermost thoughts.

And it is a war on you. Recognizing this, the task we face seems nearly insurmountable. How are we to fight back in a war that the majority of people don't even recognize as taking place? How do we fight back against an enemy that has spent decades refining its weapons of economic and military and technological and biological control? How do we fight back in a war that is not taking place on two fronts or even three fronts, but in every domain and battlespace simultaneously?

Framed like this, our prospects do appear hopeless. But therein lies the key. Our perception that it is our duty to fight back against the enemy in their war on their battlefield, on their terms of engagement, is itself a narrative frame. And that narrative itself is a weapon that is being wielded against us in the battle for our minds. You'll allow me the space here to quote myself at length because this is a point I've made many times before, perhaps most notably in my conversation on the anatomy of the New World Order that I had with Julian Charles on the Mind Renewed podcast ten years ago.

Well, I'm intrigued by the idea that we've been given false templates to follow in terms of solving our problems or of fighting enemies. And I think part of this false template that we've been provided through so much social conditioning and the media that we consume, et cetera, is this idea that we must find the heart of the organization. We must find the head of this organization, we must somehow kill that person or that group or whatever it is, eliminate that, and everything will magically turn to the better. And I think that that is a false template that we've been given. And one only has to think in broad terms at pretty much every science fiction dystopia you've ever seen.

And in the end, if it turns out positively, it's only because they have managed to decapitate the head of the Beast in whatever way it is. Whether it be The Lord of the Rings or Tron or any of these types of movies or things that you can think of. The idea is you kill the head bad guy and everything turns magically into peaceful utopia. And I think that is fundamentally completely the wrong way to look at it because I don't think that at the end of the day that the particular individuals who may or may not be the ones holding the ultimate ring of power at this particular moment are irreplaceable. On the contrary, there are many, many people who would be so chomping at the bit to get into that position of power should that old guard be swept away for whatever reason.

And I think it has to be something that is a more fundamental revolution not of overthrowing a specific instantiation of this idea, but overthrowing the idea altogether. And that can only come, I think, from the building up of an alternative system to which people want to actually apply themselves rather than attempting to simply have some wage some sort of heroic war that will solve everything once and for all. I think we have to actually just detach ourselves from this system that we've been woven into. And unfortunately, that's probably as difficult to do as that analogy would make it sound. Because we are so woven into a fabric of society that it is difficult to imagine really extrapolating ourselves from all of these processes that rely for so many of our daily needs on these vast, overwhelming corporate infrastructures that tie into these various organizations that themselves pull the strings of various governmental institutions.

It's such a vast and unwieldy system that it can seem quite overwhelming at times. How can a single individual affect this? But I think that we have to look for any and every possible point at which we can at least start to detach ourselves from those systems of control, to start to try to reassert some sort of independence. And that can be an extremely small thing. Like, for example, instead of, I don't know, going out and buying your groceries at the grocery store, perhaps you can go and buy them at a farmer's market or at least some of your groceries you can get at.

A farmer's market or you can grow it yourself in a vegetable garden or something of that sort is a tiny thing on the individual level. But I think it is the only thing that in the long run can lead to the type of society that we want to bring to fruition. I think again, it's the small things like that to which if we start to apply ourselves with diligence and with perseverance that in the long run we'll be able to overthrow this. But unfortunately, as I say, we are on this cusp of this scientific revolution which makes a scientific dictatorship possible. So unfortunately, we don't have necessarily generations of time in which to do this.

So that puts a bit of a time perspective on this. A ticking, I don't want to say time bomb, but you get the idea a certain time limit to the accomplishment of this, which means that we don't have a lot of time to waste in deciding which of these structures we want to give ourselves over to. Either. We continue going into this technological structure that is part of this corporate matrix which involves even such things as buying the next generation of iPhone, which they're already saying is going to have its own fingerprint scanning technology. And all of this corporate, technological, industrial, defense, military, big brother spy grid matrix to which we're signing on every single day of our lives, willingly and knowingly and actually paying our money to buy into or we start creating alternative structures which don't rely on that system.

And it's a choice that we have to make in our lives, I would say more quickly than has been apparent at any other time in human history. My regular viewers will understand what I'm proposing here the creation of a parallel society. We won't achieve this by asking for more scraps from the master's table or by gently complying as we're herded into ever more constrictive technological pens, or by thinking that we can win this war by engaging the enemy in their control, the domain. We can only achieve this by creating our own table, our own economy and our own communities of interest. This will require the long and difficult task of increasing our independence from the authoritarian systems in every domain the information domain, the food domain, the health domain, the monetary domain, the mental domain and every other contested battlespace in this all out fifth generation war.

Easier said than done, of course, but there is no alternative. Some will say, but won't they come after that parallel society? As if that's a rebuttal to what I've laid out here. The point is that you are already the target of the enemy in a war that most people but dimly understand is happening. Yes, the enemy will come after you, but they are already dominating you in more ways than any one person can fully understand.

That doesn't stop just because you comply with their demands or take part in their system. We must stop playing their game. We must stop fighting their war. We must stop ceding our power, our authority, our time, our attention, our energy and our resources to engaging the enemy in their terms on their battlefield. We must create our own parallel society on our own terms.

And so we rediscover an old piece of wisdom. To paraphrase fifth generation warfare is a strange game. The only winning move is not to play. War is over. If we want it your Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare transcript and Sources corbettreport.com slash Fifth Gen hello, this is James Corbett of the Corbett Report, the creator of your Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare, the report that you've just been viewing.

And if you are new to the Corbett Report, I wanted to take a moment to explain that what you just witnessed was the visualization of an editorial that I wrote last year for the Corbett Report subscriber newsletter. Now, if you're unfamiliar with this every weekend or every weekend except the first weekend of the month, I put out a subscriber newsletter that includes a subscriber editorial along the lines of the one that you just witnessed and that is available 100%, completely, totally, freely available to the public at corbettreport Substack.com, where you can find that weekly editorial being published completely for free. You can sign up for the free email list so that you will get the email when it goes out. But you don't have to sign up, you can just read it right there on Corporetreport substack.com. But on Corbetreport.com, my actual website, you can get the full subscriber newsletter, which includes not just the editorial like your guide to Fifth generation Warfare, but also recommended reading and viewing and listening, as well as a subscriber discount code for DVDs and other purchases at the New World next week store.

That's a lot of information to take in at once, but I just want people to know that what you have just witnessed was actually written several months ago. And if you would like to find out about what I am writing as I am writing it, you should consider visiting Corbetreport.com, following the RSS feeds there and or signing up for my substac so you can keep up to date with the information as it comes out. And if you are already familiar with the corporate report and you do appreciate this work, then let me reiterate for not the first time that this is completely dependent on your support. I am a reader supported publication, so if you would like this work to continue in the future, I do require your monetary support. You can sign up to become a member of the Corbett Report website, which gives you login access to log in and leave comments on the site as well as to access that subscriber newsletter in its entirety that I was talking about earlier.

If you would like more information about that, you can find it@corbertreport.com members, thank you sincerely for your time and attention. Thank you in advance for helping to spread the word about this incredibly important information and I look forward to talking to you again in the near future. Bye.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


5 Key Takeaways from the Man in America Interview with Cliff High – 09-14-2023

5 Key Takeaways from the Man in America Interview with Cliff High - 09-14-2023

5 Key Takeaways from the Man in America Interview with Cliff High - 09-14-2023

Episode Summary:

Seth Holhouse, the host of "Man in America," interviews Cliff High, a brilliant independent thinker. They discuss the constructed reality around us and the importance of questioning it. The conversation delves into topics like outer space, the moon, and the future, including the 2024 outlook, Trump's plans, the role of the military, and the banking system. Cliff introduces the concept of the "Great Awakening," suggesting that increased emanations from the galactic center are causing a global awakening. The deep state, or the Khazarian mafia, is described as being desperate due to this awakening. Cliff predicts a significant event that will further enhance the Great Awakening. He uses the analogy of building and release tension to describe the emotional state of the masses. The deep state has been managing this balance to maintain control. However, an upcoming event, whether orchestrated by the deep state or not, will disrupt this balance, leading to a state of "hyper novelty." This event will be so significant that society won't revert to its previous state. Cliff suggests that the deep state might not be the ultimate power, hinting at a greater force behind them.

#ManInAmerica #SethHolhouse #CliffHigh #GreatAwakening #DeepState #KhazarianMafia #2024Outlook #Trump #Military #BankingSystem #GalacticCenter #EmotionalTension #HyperNovelty #Reality #Questioning #OuterSpace #Moon #Future #GlobalConsciousness #Balance #Control #Society #Event #Prediction #Change

5 Key Takeaways from the Man in America Interview with Cliff High - 09-14-2023

Ladies and gentlemen, welcome to man in America. I'm your host, Seth Holhouse. So today I have one of my favorite people to talk to, and not because I agree with everything he says, but because he's such an independent and I think pretty brilliant thinker. And that's cliff high. Now you could say that maybe he's bordering on that range of kind of mad genius.

And I would agree with that. I think it's a good thing because what it means that he's questioning the fundamental things that we think to be true in our reality. And when you look back at how much of our so called reality has been constructed as a cage around us, I think that questioning the fundamentals of what we think to be true is a really good thing. So actually, I just finished this interview with Cliff. I'm doing the intro afterwards.

We talked for about an hour and a half. It's a really engaging conversation. We go into some crazy topics. I mean, of course, we go into a lot of stuff about outer space and the moon in the middle of the discussion, which is great. But we talk a lot about what's coming next.

What's 2024 look like? What's trump's plan? Is the military involved? Is the whole military compromised? Does Trump still have a lot of say?

Are they going to be involved in the elections? There's a really interesting chunk that we get into with that towards the end. We also get into the banking system. What's going on with the banking system? What does he expect to see happening in addition to that precious metals bitcoin?

So, as you would expect, it's an incredibly engaging discussion with Cliff. And actually the first probably 20 minutes to 30 minutes I found to be so interesting because we're talking about this measurable way of looking at the great awakening. And it's going to blow your mind the way this guy thinks. So I hope you enjoy this interview. Before we get started, we got a few quick announcements.

For one, we are giving away silver. So for all the man in America family, we're giving away 5oz of pure silver every Friday. So if you want to enter to win that 5oz of pure silver, it's going to be five generic rounds, buffalo rounds, just go to Silverseth.com or go to Slash Win. So if silverstheth doesn't work on your browser, it's maninamerica.com Win. You enter your name and your email once and you're automatically entered in every Friday.

Again for the Friday drawing of the 5oz of free silver. Also, every show I do is also done as a podcast. So if you want to listen instead of watch, just go to your favorite podcast app and search for man in America and you'll find me there. All right, folks, enjoy this mind bending and interesting conversation with Cliff High. But Cliff, it is great to have you back on.

It was such an interesting interview the first time around and I've got so many questions and I think there's a lot to talk about. So thanks again for being here. Sure, no worries at all. Yes, I've got a whole list of questions here, so I'd say one of the big ones I want to first jump into know we're heading into the election year. It feels like the deep state, the cabal, that they're at a very desperate place, that a lot of the Americans that may have voted for Joe Biden before now have woken up.

They're seeing the problems of the current administration everywhere. They're questioning the elections. What do you see happening? And what are some of your data sets saying as we're going into, say, the next, say, three, six months into the election year, next year? What do you expect to unfold during this period?

I don't have much in the way of expectations, but I have some stuff out of my data that seems to describe 2024. And I'm not going to call it an election year for various different reasons.

We're at war now. We've been at war basically for I mean, if you want to think about it the way I do it, we've been at war for about 6000 years with these same Khazarian people that are trying to take over the planet. As you are quite correct, the Deep State, this Khazarian mafia, is very desperate at the moment, okay? They are escalating because the Great Awakening is happening. They have within their group, some small number of them, that recognize that this is a phenomenon that is beyond their control.

It has to do actually, factually, with increased emanations from the galactic center waking us all up. And the Great Awakening is not a misnomer, okay? And there's nothing that Khazarians can do about this, including slaughtering people. But they're starting to do that, okay? So the deep state is at war with us.

What I do expect is that that war in this next six months will break out into the open, into the normie mines in a sharp, very sharp way, and I'll explain that in a second such that it will occupy all of the places that are now occupied by the unraveling of the political illusion. Okay? So all of those people that are worried about the Biden regime or Obama, or they're coming to terms with the fact that Obama is gay and Michelle is a guy and they rented those kids and all of this other stuff, all of those people will be jolted into an awareness of a war. And they will have to try and cope in sort of a rush, okay? Because they're going to jump and leap right out of the normie world of politics in a degrading America to a much greater view of what's going on.

And they will understand that we're in World War II and World War II is being fought with dues. And that's the news right that it's not your papa's World War II. It's not that not going back. We're going forward into this new functioning and the deep state is the enemy. It's not nation state versus nation state.

This is going to be very difficult for people to wrap their heads around. So yes, perhaps the plunger on Maui was pulled or a button was pushed by a guy in China who is a CCP fellow. But it doesn't mean that China the nation state, nor China the people attacked Maui, okay? It means that an arm of the deep state within the CCP attacked Maui on the orders of the deep state. We're going to have an event of some form or a series of events of some form.

So I'm connected with remote viewers, the best remote viewers on the planet, bar none. The only remote viewers that might be better are ones we don't know about because they're hidden so deep. Okay? I'm not going to say what those remote viewers have been telling me because I have not been given permission. They have to release this information on their own.

What I will say is that they are echoing what my numbers are showing. Okay? So I have this thing called building tension value. And I have a release tension value. And this is building emotional tension.

And this is release of emotional tension. The words can be the same, the descriptors can be the same, but all the adjectives would be different and the emotional aspect of it would be different. And in building tension, it's like you're trying to describe your anxiety or you're crunching in on yourself in some aspect relative to something that's pushing on you from the outside. In release language, you're jumping up and down and releasing all that emotion. These two, whatever the value of them, the difference has a finite range and it ranges from three point something up to 5.85.

5.85 is our maximum. Now that's our maximum delta between release and building tension. And it fluctuates every single time I do these runs. It fluctuates some degree. Sometimes building tension is larger.

Sometimes release tension is larger. Since 2001, building tension has had a tendency to dominate since 2001. Now we are in a situation where we have this, that we have two sets of values. And now the delta between these is 81.86,958,695. Okay?

So this is 13 times my maximum usual standard deviation range 13 times in a standard way. Standard deviations work. A single standard deviation is something that an engineer might pay attention to, especially in bridges and that kind of thing. Two times standard deviation is something that an engineer would want to pay attention to. In energy mechanics, it means your engine is not working the way it should.

That kind of thing. Three times standard deviation in anything, any aspect of engineering is a catastrophe. All right? We're at 13 times that now and it's dominating with release tension. All right?

So the last time we had a significant dominant release language event was 2001. Okay, so that was the 911 attack. Everybody released for months afterwards. It was just dominating with release of emotional tension. Even at that point, it was less than the standard deviation range.

Right? So now we're 13 times higher. So the remote viewers are echoing what I'm seeing.

They have different methods, different characterizations of what's going on. But in Maine they would echo that something is going to occur. It's going to occur in the near or immediate timeframe, and it's going to be dominated by release language. So Maui was dominated by release language up to the point that the Feds came in and started putting up the barriers and now everything's all tension. Everybody's getting all tense about it, they're getting angry and so forth in a way that they didn't get angry with that attack.

You can actually see the language in the various articles. Go back and read something about the event and everybody's outpouring all of their grief, et cetera, et cetera. And now it's all anger about the way everybody's being treated. Okay, so the Feds came in and turned. Sure.

So I have to make sure I'm tracking this right. So basically it's a simple way of me understanding it. It's almost as if the Cabal has to maintain a balance of release and the building of this tension. And so the we, the people, the average Americans or the average people on
Earth, it's like they'll push us a little bit that they're monitoring this, our tension comes up, then we can relieve that tension just to feel like, okay, it's okay again, that's how they get us to get distracted back with the circus. So that's how they keep it level.

We get really pissed off and then we feel like we accomplish something. It's like, oh, well, Durham did this. And it's like, okay, let's calm back down. But what's happening right now, it's almost like when you watch a trailer being pulled behind a truck that starts swaying, it gets to a certain point where it starts whipping so violently that the only thing that can happen is a catastrophe. So is that kind of what's happening?

Okay, correct. Okay. So I don't know how much control the Cabal actually exercises over the building intention. I don't know that they consider it this way, but in fundamental effect, they manage it this way. Right.

They don't want enough people to ever wake up that the Khazarian mafia can be seen behind all of the illusion they've put out. Right? And so we have that now. The illusion is breaking down. The ADL is under attack.

That's one of their primary enforcers. Right? So all of these things are breaking down for them as it is breaking down. If they used to have control over this all right, so we could look at it two ways. We could look at that.

We're going to have a breakout emotional event that they won't be able to control that will further enhance our Great Awakening, right? And that that event is not necessarily initiated by them. All right? Or we could look at it at the opposite, that we're going to have a breakout event. They won't be able to control the aftermath of it because too many people will be awake to what's going on, but they created it.

Okay, so basically what you were describing, maintaining the balance here is a method of keeping us under control. Dampening it down, right? Dampen down the hunger with a little bit now and put it off a little bit later. That kind of a thing which we've been under for hundreds of years. Okay?

So another way to look at it is that they're so desperate that they must do a major attack in order to cause as much damage and as much chaos as possible in order that they may assert control in the midst of that chaos, which is what they do. They have a tendency to create the 911 incident, right? So if we looked at the attack on the towers in terms of its release language, we are looking at something that's going to have 13 times more release language that will manifest both in spiking values immediately, but also in duration. It'll have to go on for a long time in order for this to work its way out of all the people. This is going to exacerbate the deep state's worries and problems relative to the Great Awakening, because the longer we're in this upset state, in this upset state, they don't have control.

Right. What they work on is basically fracturing your concentration and allowing the brain chemicals to calm down, and as you're calming down, then they try and get you back in the control by placing those things in front of you to lead you. Right? They don't usually come along and put a cattle prod in your back and push you because that exacerbates the disruption within your mental state. It's a very delicate balance for them to do their hypnosis and keep the illusion.

This is basically saying that there's going to be some event, whether they create it or not, that's going to escalate so far that we won't be going back. Okay, so this is why I have been saying that we're approaching a point of hyper novelty because we'll cross over a threshold where it will not be possible for us to go back to these levels or that old illusion anymore. So there is reason to suspect that World War Three, however it is characterized nation state versus nation state or deep state versus global population, other than Russia and a few other places that are awake and not in their control. However we characterize that, we're going to get to a point where there's going to be an opening of this idea that the deep state exists independent of the nation states and is at war with the people, I think it will come out because the deep state will try and gen up a nation state war. It's not going to work.

But in the process of doing that, they're going to waken up a lot more of the normal population by basically having such a huge shock to their system that all their mind is cleansed. Right? So most people, I don't know how many people could actually remember, but you wake up one morning and then I was on the west coast here and you hear about the attacks on 911. Right? From that moment on, my thinking was altered, it never went back.

Then you see all of the problems that generate the fact that they had this massive thousands of pages of law ready to enact within a week. So, you know, it's all a put up job. Yada yada, yada. Right? And so your thinking never goes back to the way it was and we're approaching something like that.

Will it be a directed energy weapon attack on Colorado or Florida or Wyoming perhaps?

Something too visible to ignore. People in Turkey right after Maui were struck by energy weapons, they filmed the energy weapons coming down and starting the brush fires in their area. So this is part of the deep state war against the population of Earth. Now, I'm a little on the woo side, so I think there's something on the other side of the deep state. I don't think the deep state is their own masters.

Right. I think there's a lot of the people in the deep state that know what I know about this and don't want to go anywhere near this, but are not able to change events such that they could back off of this because there's something on the other side that's driving them. So there are certain things that are popping out in reality that suggest that there are support in our factual reality for some kind of an event coming along this way. So it's subtle, you'd have to really understand the data and the way I'm looking at it. But some of these supporting more subtle effects are hugely long term in the way in which they will manifest and the effects they will have.

Got a quick message for you. So folks, thank goodness inflation is going down. Thank you Biden. But wait, if inflation is going down, then why are food prices going up, energy prices going up and gas prices going up? Well, because they're lying to us.

Imagine that. You see, right now the real rate of inflation is closer to 25%, not the 5% the White House wants you to believe. You can see this with your own eyes and your own wallet. What this means is that if you had $100,000 in your savings account just one year ago, today it's only worth about $75,000 in terms of your actual buying power. Your money is losing value by the day.

If you went back to 1920 and you had a $20 bill or a 1oz gold coin, you could walk into a men's clothing store and buy an entire suit, jacket, shoes, pants, belt, everything. But think about it. What would a $20 bill buy you today? Maybe some socks, but an ounce of gold will still buy you that same suit. And this is why I believe that now more than ever, it's a good time to consider transferring at least a portion of your wealth into physical gold and silver.

Real world assets have stood the test of time, and for this, I'm confident in recommending dr. Kirk Elliott. So, Kirk has two PhDs and is an incredible Christian patriot who's dedicated to helping you break free from the trap of inflation. You can buy gold and silver directly, even in small amounts, or you can transfer your IRA into physical gold and silver with zero taxes or penalties. So, Kirk is who I use.

He's who my family and my friends use, and honestly, he's someone I trust completely. And when it comes to your wealth, you need someone that you can trust. So to learn more, open up a new tab right now and go to goldwithseth.com or call 720-605-3900 to speak to a real person. Right now, kirk LA's team will answer all of your questions and take care of you every step of the way. So, right now, they're trying to work out the deep state, and the individuals involved are trying to work out a face saving mechanism for shutting down CERN, for shutting down the large Hadron collider.

Okay? That massive, massive, massive investment. More copper in that thing than in any dam on the planet, okay? There's more copper there than any of the dams in our country, probably more than all of the dams in our country in terms of the generators and stuff, and they're shutting it down because it's useless. It took particle physics as far as it could go, and it failed, and people are drifting away.

Okay, so a bad sign for science when your scientists are not re upping on their own and you got to go on out and try and keep recruiting them to come back into your operation. Whatever they were attempting to achieve, they failed with that. The fact that we're looking at such a large thing being shut down and the first hints of the emotional problems that these guys are getting into in that shutdown process because they can't just everybody walk away and lock the door, right? They've got to decommission this thing. It's got to be a public kind of a deal.

It's got to upend their whole grasp on physics and science because they took science to this huge pinnacle and spent more on a single science project than anything ever in our history. And it failed. And it was a failure from the beginning. If you looked at things the appropriate way, you would see this. And in spite of them having hidden motivations, even all their hidden motivations failed.

And that's caused them some real consternation so we could be facile and see things at a surface level and say, oh, the Deep state's attempt to create a portal for demons
with the Large Hadron Collider for demons to come in and help them failed. Okay? And so there probably will be people that have that view, right? Like, I don't know particular kind of mentician in people that would think that this was the case, but it's true that it failed. I don't know that they were attempting to bring in demons.

I know that there were all these other ancillary projects for the Large Hadron Collider that were never mentioned except in the back quarters kind of thing. But I know that that failure, as upsetting as it is to the mainstream scientists that are on the front side of it, is much more upsetting to the whackadoodle deep state scientists on the back side of things. And it's caused a huge problem with their grasp of reality, really, because things they were attempting to do, whatever they were basically that failure came back and said, no, you people are totally wrong in your view of how reality works. And that has really shocked them. So we're going to see all different kinds of things here.

We've got major monetary collapses going on in the background that are significantly huge. So this time next year, will we be able to have an election in the United States? I do not believe we would be able to have any kind of an election that the Biden regime would be planning on. That is to say Dominion Machines, any of that kind of stuff. I don't think any of that's going to happen because they won't be able to pay for it.

I think Dominion itself will be bankrupt and no one working for them this time next year. Okay, so by the time we get into September next year, a lot of these very large firms will be 100% defunct because they rely basically on skimmed illegal money. So the Federal Reserve says they create a billion dollars. Well, they farm out 1 billion without telling us to all their buddies. But the fact that they've been doing that for so long and all of a sudden it comes to a stop.

All of these firms that are counting on that money being farmed out to them, as well as the fact that the money doesn't purchase what it should anyway, are in a world of hurt. And it's the bribery level that's going to be bringing down a lot of these very shaky institutions that basically rely on that hidden money to hoax up the books and get through year to year to year. And we're seeing it now. So a year from now, I don't think we'll have an ordinary election. I could see us having an election that was being supervised by some other authority like the US.

Military, right? I could see us having an election that was being supervised in a way that didn't rely on commercial products like Dominion and all of that sort of thing. And I'm saying that because the monetary system is going to be having such huge amounts of trouble between now and then. And we have this coming up, whatever this release language event is, right? So if we postulated it know a direct energy weapon attack on the Denver airport, right?

There's reasons to do that, to get at the stuff that's underneath the airport. Maybe that would be the deep state doing it, one part of the deep state against another part. Maybe it would be anti deep state people doing it. Who the hell knows, right? Because we're not being clued in as to who the participants are in this war.

But it will be something on that order where people will be able to tune in on the internet, probably even on regular TV and see particle beam weapons coming down, beating the absolute crap out of the Denver airport until it's just a smoking hole in the ground. That's what it's going to take to get these kind of numbers. And at that level, what's our response as a nation and so on and so on. Now I've got data sets that say that this coincidental, okay? So coincidental to this, all right, not as a direct outgrowth and not as a supporting feature, but coincidental to this.

Sometime in the future here like maybe two months or so, there's going to be a reaction within the generations that are in school now. And I got that data set before I did any of my numeric analyses. But the data sets were basically saying that sort of like the middle school and to high school level kids are going to get savvy to the war and a lot of them are going to get an attitude, okay? And this attitude is going to be hardened by the fact that there are a lot of them with the same attitude and they're going to start talking to their parents about the war. Their parents are going to start getting freaked out and starting to react because maybe the kid's right.

And also the kid's attitude is going to come back to bite the Biden regime in the sense that we're going to have according to my data sets, we're going to have full on, absolute counter insurrection in large school systems being run by the kids themselves. Okay? So the kids are going to be tired of all this queer the generation crap and there will be a hard line there. Those people that have adopted the queer the generation crap from the deep state, those kids are going to be a lot of them are going to be pulled back by the sheer size of the anti deep state group. And these kids are going to be savvy to who they're fighting.

So you'll start hearing the kids talk about the Km Kazarian mafia and they'll be able to differentiate the Kazarian mafia, they'll be able to tell you the history, they'll be able to point you to the Veterans Today articles that will detail anything you want to know about them. Yada, yada, yada. Right? And so this is going to start a ground up kind of a thing that's going to cause problems both with the parents as they try and react, but also more so with the school administrators. Because in the data sets it's saying a lot of these kids are just going to say go into the classroom and then every time the teacher says anything they're going to cat call, they're going to disrespect, they're going to throw out the truth, they're going to get up and cause problems.

Just basically not able to take the bullshit anymore. And so you'll see teachers running out of the classroom in tears, teachers totally freaking out because their socialism nonsense doesn't fly. They don't know why and that will be a large part of it. The data set said that the bewilderment the puzzlement on the part of the teachers and the administrators last for some months. A lot of them crashing and burning in that process in the sense that the data shows teachers resigning, administrators quitting, and that sort of basically have a rebellion in very large school districts to where the data would have it be that these school districts were more or less being operated by and under the control of the students themselves.

Not so much their parents even. It's just really strange guy. But that part right there takes us into 2024. So that's my kind of lead into 2024 in terms of the level of disruption we're going to be having here. Now.

Whatever it is that we get into here, I think that happens before the end of the year. Before the end of this year. It may happen further into the new year, but it just seems that the building tension levels are dropping too rapidly around in November to be able to sustain anything into the new year. So it looks like they get swamped at some point near the end of November. As I say, it could maybe take into January.

It's difficult to estimate, but that alone is going to be a reshaping of the social order at a level that the political powers had not anticipated at all. That's going to strike them right out of the blue. It's like what's going on over there? It's going to be really interesting I think it's going to be really so this is so interesting because there's so many layers to this. But while a lot of people are looking to what's happening with DC or politics or they're getting caught up in that level of the battle and they've now come to this conclusion that okay, maybe they're.

Saying, okay, the left has been infiltrated and taken over by the Communists, and they're trying to destroy America, which is different than just kind of left versus right. And I disagree with your policies. There's been this mass awakening towards that level, okay? The media is fake news. Big Pharma is out to harm us.

There's been that level of awakening. But what you're seeing is that the next level in the most significant awakening for the masses is to realize that there is a small group of evil psychopaths that are trying to control and kill the entire world. Things that you and I believe that we've kind of understood and awakened to, that when that realization hits the masses, that becomes the trigger point, that becomes the tipping point in which all of their systems start to fundamentally collapse. Because once you see things from that perspective, you see through the schools, you see through the media, through Hollywood in a way that you didn't before, and you will no longer go along with it because you know what's ultimately there. So that's what you're seeing as a gigantic it's almost as if 2024 from here, what you're saying is that 2024 is when the Great Awakening hits the mainstream and the entire structure that the deep state has of this world is shaken to the core.

I'd say 2024 over the process of 2024, the Great Awakening eats the deep state. It eats fake news, and we digest it the rest of that year and into 2025, and then we shit it out, okay? It's that level of stuff that's going on.

But the breakdown is concurrent with that. A lot of the breakdown stuff is leading people to a level of awareness, right? So it's the breakdown of things that allow them to see the Kazarian Mafia hand behind it. The Soros picked know, the defund, the police movement, which was paid for by George Soros, all of these kind of things. So the larger battle of the deep state versus
the populace will indeed emerge.

It'll emerge from an event here. Like I say, that's going to be eyes wide open kind of a thing, but it won't stop there, okay? So as we get into this larger awakening and people start seeing the Kazarian mafia and understanding how they work, then they're also going to have to face the idea of space aliens, okay? They're going to have to come to grips with that because it will be opened up by whatever this event is. Because you have to understand that everything that drives the Kazarian mafia is space alien oriented.

The Khazarian Mafia, Klaus Schwab, George Soros, all of these people in this inner group are not or descriptively. They are Jewish, okay? They're not Jewish in that religious sense. The way that your neighbor, who happens to be Jewish and goes to synagogue is religious. Their religion goes to the core of the Hebrew words that are in the Torah and those Hebrew words have no word for God in them.

The Torah has no word for Jew in there at all. It is a discussion, a description by the people who endured it, the people in Judea. It is a description of how to live with the El. The Elohim, the space aliens that came down and conquered them. These are the same Elohim that conquered the Khazarians and then were driven out or left for whatever reason, we don't know.

I'm speculating that there was a war between the Elohim and some other space aliens in India, and that the Elohim lost, and they were driven out of their Khazarian stronghold, which is in the northwest of India, and they went to Judea. But the Khazarians felt this huge thing of abandonment. And a lot of the literature within the Talmud, within the Zohar, which is this mystical aspect of Judaism, if you get into that, it's all about the abandonment of being the Khazarians and being abandoned by the El who left. And as I say, I think there was a war going on. The l got defeated.

They had to hightail it. They hid down in Judea, and they were modifying us genetically. So Klaus Schwab and his buddies at that level within the WEF that are truly the Khazarian Mafia, they think they have an extra bit of DNA. They think they are genetically modified. Okay?

And that that success in their genetic modification, it shocks them because they think it was successful. But then shortly thereafter, the l left and they started their genetic modification with the Essenes in southern Yemen, which they took to Judea. And those are the people of the Bible. That's Moses, Adam and Eve, all of these kind of people. It took the l 191 years to successfully create Adam, to successfully genetically engineer Adam.

It took them another, I think, eleven years to create Eve, and they had seven Eves that they discarded because they weren't acceptable to Adam. Okay? So these are the nature of the people that you're dealing with, the Khazarian Mafia. We're all genetically modified. All humans are.

Humans have 23 chromosomal pairs. And you can check me on all this science and go involve the real guys, like scientists, and they'll say, yeah, he's correct about that, but he's full of shit about all this alien stuff, right? But our chromosome pairs come down and set off into the chromosome, and we have 23 of these. What actually happened was in number two, it was expunged, it was cut out. Now, let me state something here factually.

No human biological engineer has ever inserted successfully a chromosome in any being. No human biological engineer has ever successfully inserted an effective gene in any being. Our genetic modification is called CRISPR, because it burns out genes. That's why it's crisped. It has a telltale residue that it leaves, that anybody that examines that genome can see.

That this was a Crisp critter, right? That this being that you're looking at that DNA had been through this genetic modification process where part of the genome was burned out. All humans on Earth that we've been able to assay have some level of this in their system. Usually it's number two has been burned out, and number three then becomes number two. And that's why we have 23 pairs instead of 24 pairs or 26 or 28, like all the other primates.

Okay? And here's the thing about the Khazarians. The Khazarians were done before the L got to their success with Adam and Eve. That really pisses off the Khazarian mafia that the Essenes were successful and the L really liked them. Okay?

Another thing about that was that the Khazarians, the burn, was only partially out. So the Khazarians have this little dongle, this little remnant of the old number two chromosome in their DNA. And you can actually determine who is Khazarian by examining the DNA and looking for this little stub. Okay? They think within their own internal understanding that this was an insertion.

And I dispute that. I think that it was just a bad burn job. So they think they have some extra DNA. Now, there's also another aspect of this. The source people for the Khazarians were Homo capensis, the Coneheads, the Rothschilds.

All of these great banking families are Coneheads. They have that capensis. And Homo capensis is another species. Homocapensis was concurrent with ancient humanity. And so when the L came down, they chose to work for the Khazarians on a Homocopensis variant that was Mongolian in nature, as are the Khazarians.

So the Khazarians have a Mongolian DNA set. There you go. Central Asia. Okay? And so they modified that.

And so you will see all of the Khazarians through history. First off, they're removing all of the paintings or the portraits of the Khazarians from the 800s all the way through to modern time from all the museums. They can find them because it points out that they're cone heads, right? They have the very tall, bald heads, even in the women. And they used to disguise it with these wrapped gossamer kind of fabrics and stuff.

And those were painted in. And so these paintings are being removed everywhere from museums because they know that people are starting to wise up. And this is something that they don't want to have happen, is for people to think, uhoh, we've got Ashkenazi Jews over here, but we've got coneheads over there that are the Khazarians. And they're not even human. They're not as human as we are.

They're not the same kind of human. Right? And so the Khazarians don't want that to happen, but it's happening in any event. So I'm giving you details you probably don't really care about here. But nonetheless, the genetic modification of this goes to and all of the space alien connections to the Khazarians are going to come out as part of this war.

And that elevates us up in terms of the awakening relative to humanity in a general sense, so that we won't as you say, our vision is going to enlarge, but our vision is going to enlarge, and it's not going to focus back on Earth 100%. So now we're going to get into this period of time where we're going to start focusing on the people that are living in the Moon. The moon is inhabited. It's inhabited now. It's been inhabited as long as there's been humans on this planet.

It may not be the people that are living there now. The beings that are living there now may not be the people that built it, though. We don't know. There's so much in the way of speculation about stuff we don't know about that, but we do know it's inhabited. We do know that they're very energetic at this point, and they've been extremely energetic about, I want to say, last six, seven months, and that there's just a really weird curiosity here.

So you remember the movie 2001 a Space Odyssey, right? And it starts off, they go to the moon and they dig, and they dig and they dig, and then they get that big black object, the obelisk, there. And then one morning, because it's uncovered, the sun comes up and the sunlight strikes it, and it sends off this message, right? Okay. So in that movie, they decided to go to the dig up that object, not just because they were out digging holes, but because that area of the Moon in the storyline had heated up unexpectedly.

It was just showing a sign of warmth that nobody could figure out why it was there. And so government decided, well, let's go look at it. Well, curiously, we've got a spot on the Moon that's just on the edge of the far side that we can't see that's heating up, and it's been doing so for, like, the last three or four weeks. There's some activity that we can measure down here that's going on under the surface of the Moon that's presenting us with different temperature gradients than we would usually see by some serious factor. So maybe they're who knows what they're doing there that would cause such a thing.

But the fact that our governments are aware of it means that they're going to be reacting to it at some point. And it is also curious that during this time we see the Indians landing on the South Pole and this kind of thing, right. So I think we're going to get into I don't know how much of the population will have it in their heads, but certainly by 2025 it'll be relatively common to come across conversations about people talking about what's going on with the beings on the Moon and maybe we'll actually have some kind of interaction with them at that point or be planning it. All right, folks, I've got a quick message for you. I have one simple question if today you could no longer go purchase more food for your family with the food stores that you have in your home, how long would you be able to feed your family?

Would it be a week? Three weeks? A month? Two months? A year?

This is a really important question, folks, that we have to be very realistic about, because the elites are proactively trying to put us into a state of food crisis and a state of famine. I'm sure you've seen all of the different food processing
plants and farms that are blowing up. We've got cattle dying by the tens of thousands. They're proactively trying to collapse our food system because they know if they can control our food, they can control us. And so one of the best ways to be outside of their control is to be able to have our own stores of food and to be able to produce our own food.

So there's really two things I would recommend. One is having heirloom seeds that you can grow your own food with. Making sure, though, that they're non GMO heirloom seeds. That that way you can harvest your seeds this year, use them next year. You can use these seeds for generations, literally.

It's how it will work. The other thing, though, is this high quality storable food. This is food that's sitting somewhere. It's hidden in your basement, buried in your backyard, whatever it is. So that way, if there is a crisis, if there is an emergency, you might have three months set aside to get through that time period.

And so for this, I would highly recommend a company called Heaven's Harvest. This is an amazing, Christian owned patriot company. And what they're doing is they're making high quality storable food. Again, a lot of the food companies, they say these food buckets, they're all about maximizing calories per dollar. They're filling the buckets with a bunch of filler and junk like sweet beverages, et cetera.

But Heaven's Harvest, they focus on very high quality food that will last up to 25 years on the shelf. They also sell heirloom seeds. You can buy all of your seeds. You can buy all of your storable food. And look, folks, personally, I would recommend having at least three months per person in your household, if not six months or even a year.

Again, depends on your budget. But I would definitely make sure you have some seeds, because those seeds could be worth their weight in gold, if not more in the future. So to go ahead and do this right now, go open up a new tab and go to Heavensharvest.com. And if you use the promo code Seth, that's S-E-T-H promo code Seth, you'll save 15% off of your entire order. So again, folks, the time is running out, and you'd rather be three months or one year early than one day late.

Again, Heavensharvest.com and use promo code Seth to save 15% today. So things are really, I mean, just the next twelve to 24 months, we're going to see society change in a fundamental way, which I guess makes sense because our society is what it is, because it's the shadow on the wall in Plato's cave. That's what we see our society as when the fire goes out and the handlers that are making the shadows are no longer there and we emerge from the cave, everything about the way of life that we remember will be.

So let's go back to Plato for a second, okay? A lot of our references such as Plato's cave and the Dionysi's discourses and stuff, those originate out of the Yuga, okay? So this is a true fundamental thing that affects humans. Humans are not the same always over time. Humans on Earth, this happens because the Earth wobbles up and down relative to the broad mass of the galactic center.

And so if we were to look into galactic center, we would see a bubble with all this emanations coming on out, and then we would see this big obscuring mass of all the stars and the planets and all the rest of the galaxy there. And we're out here going like this with our solar system around the edge of the galaxy. When we get up into here, outside this obscuring mass in these areas here, we get more galactic center emanations, various different kinds of radiation. We've had two different kinds of radiation that we've discovered impacting Earth since about 1996 or so. In any event, though, so humans actually change over time.

Now, when we are obscured, that's the Kali Yuga. We're not getting very much of these galactic center emanations coming through the mass. They're being absorbed by all the stars and all of that, and so we're kind of dim. Okay, so Plato's cave and all of the great thinkers of the past are really standout people because they stood out from the mass of otherwise dim individuals, which will always happen. You'll always have that big spread of humanity, but that big spread will have more geniuses as we go forward because we're going to get more emanations out of the galactic center.

So next generation will be born, in general, smarter than this generation, et cetera, et cetera, for some 10,000 plus years in the Kaliyuga. Our understanding is so limited that we now outside of the Kaliyuga by 325 years. Getting into our 326th year outside of it need to stop referencing that as though it is the end all and be all of human thinking, okay? Plato could not have conceived ideas that we hold in our head now relative to the natural world, let alone technology and any of that kind of stuff, right. Because his mind could not have coped with it.

In the Kali Yuga, the height of technology is a donkey for transportation or a sailboat. Okay? So that gives you some concept of where we had been. So I don't accept the idea that we should take the great thinkers of the past as being necessarily a guide for ourselves. And then here's something else.

As we came out of the kali yuga, as we were even in it from maybe the one one hundreds, okay? So it ended in 1698, but maybe from the 100s onward, with the rise of the Khazarian mafia, they took over what we would laughingly call science. And in taking over science, they pegged it to this weird idea that is the core of our physics now. And we had to abandon that core in order to work with electricity through leclerc, Maxwell, through heavyside, through tesla, all of these people abandoned the core. They didn't even think about this the way that the Khazarians do, okay?

But the Khazarians and all of our science has this idea that if you take enough sand, enough grit, and you mash it together in the appropriate way, it will achieve consciousness somehow. Okay? So basically, their whole science, our physics, our astrophysics, our deep physics, the large hadron collider, all of these things are based on the idea that consciousness arises from grit and that the grit exists. So, in other words, if all life were to disappear, the Khazarians have this view that reality would still exist with planets and stars and all of that kind of thing, right? And there'd still be dirt.

And even if all there's no bacteria, no plant life, no human life, no life at all, they're saying that dirt would still be here, that grit would still exist in the form of planets and so on. And that is not true, okay? That whole premise is a false premise that has diverted all of our science into a way that's impractical, and we have to bust out of it in order to achieve the engineering success that we have with tesla, maxwell, et cetera, right? Okay? So that's a fake understanding of reality, and it leads to a dead end.

It leads to the einstein quantum mechanics that has held us in stasis for over a hundred years. We've had no significant inventions since tesla. We've had incremental increases in efficiency in our inventions, but no significant inventions since tesla. And it's because we're operating on this quantum mechanics idea that nobody can reconcile, because it's impossible to reconcile the idea that you can get enough sand together to eventually have it become consciousness. And that's at the core of their thinking.

So here's the deal. There's a few radical scientists out there and the wu people that understand that consciousness existed. And consciousness created the grit. It created what we call here reality, our materium, okay? It created matter and stuck parts of itself in the matter.

You, myself, your dog, the bacteria, we're all living consciousness that's been stuck in the matter. Now, I have a theory as to why it did that, and a lot of people think I'm crazy about this, but I think it did that to try and discover novelty, because it's setting out there bored. Consciousness is everything, knows everything. It's all for all time, and it's bored. And then it has this idea that itself was new, and the idea was, could it create novelty?

And from the point that consciousness got the idea that it could create something it did not know about, it had to have an experiment. We are that experiment. So my viewpoint is that all of reality is ontologically created, right? The consciousness pushed aside a space within itself and created this material that we're in manufactured this illusion of matter and stuck our consciousness interacting with this illusion in order that stuff may happen and hopefully stuff that it could not conceive of happening so that it would have the shock of the new that rush of oh, my God, look at that. Right?

It would have release language. That's my understanding of why it did that. I have a lot of reasons to suspect and to be able to prove that it did indeed do that, that we are in fact ontologically downward, not grit upward. And that makes a huge difference in our science. And so we're going to abandon a lot of the science, especially from Einstein onward, as being really bogus.

And I think we'll also abandon a lot of the Kaliyuga thinking as being just that. Oh, well, that's so know you were so dense back then. That was the best you could do.

Interesting. Which really kind of goes in line with this mass awakening. So looking at kind of jumping in. I got so many questions here still, but I guess okay, one thing this is kind of looking at more of the kind of more immediate. In 2024, you've talked about how basically the current regime will have run out of power, run out of money, run out of their ability to keep the people within this delusion that allows them to stay in power.

So how do you think Trump fits into this? Because obviously they're
trying everything possible to take him, and we don't even know how many assassination attempts there have been. I'm sure there have been plenty. But do you think that something happens where he steps back in? Is he elected back in?

Does he just kind of disappear from the political scene? I mean, what are your thoughts on that? No. Okay, so if human politics are really weird and you can have all the data focusing on one thing and a different outcome arises, usually it's not the opposite. It would be something at 90 degrees instead of 180 degrees.

Right. So I think there's going to be a 90 degree emergence of some form. All right, how do I want to phrase I think that we have Trump in our future, and I think that we have a very I got to be careful about the choice of word. Okay, so there will be disharmony, but it won't be disharmonus, okay? We will have upset and we will have vast quantities of change.

But in the main, I think it's going to be a change towards a legitimate kind of a progress. So I do see Trump coming back, but I don't see us having the election under the current regime kind of understanding of those sorts of things. So maybe the military would come in and we'd have an election all in a day and Trump would be reelected and then we would set off on this. That does not change things, right? So even with Trump running things and even with all of us pulling together, starting to become more cohesive, starting to address our own problems and starting to re engineer our social order from the bottom up, which I do see in the data, okay?

And that's another area of discussion. But even with all of that, it does not change the fact that we will be at war. We will be in a war with the deep state that will go on for some period of time, even if we really can't figure out who's the enemy at the moment kind of a thing, right?

I think 2024 marks that point where we step over the threshold and whether we're dealing with the space aliens that year or not, we are preparing for that such that our social order is not allowed to ever go back. We won't be going back to the idea of isolated Earth, of humanity alone. And that has hugely profound implications for all different kinds of things within our social order. So it will become necessary that anybody that is a Christian examine Christianity and their relationship with it as it comes out that Christianity based on the Old Testament is based on dealings with the Elohim. Who are these space alien oppressors that came down and genetically modified us and have abused us and are adrenochrome addicts and they killed so many?

So the Elohim people, those aliens were also the ones in Mesoamerica. There's reasons to suspect that that group split themselves and part of them came over to mesoamerica for a while and messed about with the Aztecs and the Mayans. In some of the discussions there, as well as allusions to it in weird places. In Ancillary books in the Talmud, for instance, you come to an understanding that they were so addicted to adrenochrome that they at one point had a staggering 10,000 individuals killed in a single 24 hours period in order to free the adrenal glands and burn them such that these guys could huff them. Now, I have reason to think that maybe they're huffing the adrenochrome because of a lack of the galactic emanations.

Right? I think that the L originated much closer to Galactic center than we did and that they deliberately come out here as a predatory species because they know we're in our Kali Yuga and they can take advantage of us. I don't think they're great thinkers. I think they're truly horrific beings. If you read the Old Testament, word for word as it is actually written, you see these horrible crimes like the Archangel Michael being interrupted in some activity and taking his finger and pushing it right through the head of the person that interrupted him and killing him dead.

And then because he was annoyed, going and killing all of the family. So these are the beings that we're dealing with. So the people that have these beings as their gods are going to have to interact with that relationship with themselves and with their religion and with their gods. And they won't have any choice in the matter because all this will be coming out especially as regard to space aliens. So what does the appearance of our officialdom and our general social order discussing beings on the moon do to your religion?

Right? If you're Christian, if you're Jew and everybody around you is talking about factually, looking up and seeing the beings on the moon and people putting out channels on YouTube showing what happened last night like the 05:00 news on what the moon is going what they're doing up there, that's going to fundamentally alter your relationship with your religion, no matter how secure it is. And then you get in and you start looking at all the religions on the planet, with very few exceptions, are based on these space aliens. Hinduism to some extent Buddhism, because it has so much Hinduism in it. Although I don't think Buddha personally was influenced by the space aliens and is too further on.

But Muhammadism, okay, muhammad received the Quran from a space alien in a cave. That space alien was the Archangel Michael. He was one of the last El on this planet and he left with that last group. So Muhammad ism, is based on that interaction with the Archangel Michael, which we now know was one of the Elohim and was a space. So so we're going to have a real comeuppance relative to our past now, especially understanding that all these religions originate in the Kali Yuga, so know when we are not really that swift and they can come down and take advantage of us.

So we've got a few hundred years of real work here going through all of this, right?

So I want to talk a little bit about banking. This is one of the big topics I had that I wanted to cover with you because you had talked in a lot of ways predicted what happened earlier this year with the bank collapses that we saw happen. If you look at the amount of money that's been pulled out of the banking system in the past, I think a year or two, it eclipses what happened in 2008. I mean, it's a massive amount of money that's leaving the banking system now. Of course, the official narrative is that everything's fine and the recession is the recession worries.

Have passed and everything, but all the information I'm seeing kind of points to a very different scenario, that we're really on the edge of a pretty bad period. So what do you kind of foresee, or how do you look at the current situation with the banking system and how do you see it unfolding over the next six months or so? Over the next six months, we'll take a very large hit. Maybe it'll be a third of the major banks will fail. Okay?

You're alluding to money being taken out of the banking system. And that has this interesting ancillary effect, because we have fractional reserve. So every time somebody comes in and takes money out and we'll just call it the Rockefellers or the Rothschild Bank or the Federal Reserve, it doesn't matter any of the central banks, but you put money in, you put $100 in, they get to keep loaning out, because they count that as a fraction. And they have all these multipliers times ten, times 20, et cetera. And you get out to the point where you're dealing with derivatives flat out, you might be dealing with a magnification of 100 times that right there.

So anytime you come in and you withdraw that, you're collapsing all of those ripples that are based on that amount. Now, if I take my $100 out of the bank, it actually doesn't mean that they have to pony up this money, but it does mean they don't have that support for that continuing fractional reserve system. And so much money has come out that it's actually affected the functioning of a lot of these central banks. And so we're hearing rumors about the cracks in the Rothschild empire. Now, there's another aspect to this.

When the Central Bank creates money, bear in mind, okay, so we have a Central Bank. All these central banks are Rockefeller Rothschild banks. They've been imposed on us by law. We must deal with them, and they have never, ever been audited. And they're not subject to any audit.

So when they say that they've got $100 in here, maybe they don't have that. Maybe they've lied, maybe there's only $1 in there. But regardless, whatever they think they have in there, they are always lying on every one of these layers, putting out. And so they will put out 20 times your $100, and then they'll do another 20 times your $100 that they're just passing out to their friends, because it all spends the same. You don't know that those are bogus dollars.

And so our system is so hugely corrupted, so hugely polluted, because they've been doing this for over 100 years, that it is not auditable any longer. We would not have enough time to be able to go back through and see who did what with money, at what point. And so what I suspect will happen is that the events that we're undergoing now, independent of that and not part of that driving release language. This would only maybe double our usual deviation, but we'll see major collapses at like, tier one banks. And we're seeing that now rumors of that with the Rothschild empire.

And we're seeing this now rumors of disquiet in Vanguard and BlackRock because they live on this float, right? And they're not able to do what they want anymore because so much money is coming out of the system and going elsewhere. Gold, silver, Bitcoin, whatever, as long as it's not in dollar form or as long as it's not in fiat currency, it's out of their system. So I suspect that the bank collapse that we're going to have over these, like, next, I want to say before the
end of January, okay, so it'll appear sometime before then. We should have it bubbling up in the background.

That's going to be the start of a chain of events that will continue through 2024, that will be going ongoing as we are continuing on, such that every month for 2024, it'll become noticeable that your money is worth less than the month before, and that previous, and that the month you're just going through. So in January and then February, you'll see that there's more bank failures in February than there were in January. There's more disruption. You'll become more aware of it, and it'll just keep going on and on and on such that it is a continuing annoyance in your life as you go forward. Now, I do not expect the banking system to recover.

There are those people that suggest that the Federal Reserve will save itself and allow the other fiat currencies to die off. Now that we have gold and oil and energy backed rubles and so on and so on, I don't think that that's going to occur. All right? So I do not think that the Federal Reserve will be able to save itself. So I think that we're going to have to go through a very difficult process here, which would be reintroducing legal tender, legal money within the United States.

That probably because it'll be backed by something solid, probably will not be allowed to be used outside the country.

That was the way the ruble was managed against us way back when, during the Soviet period of time, right? They had a very effective, strong money inside. You couldn't buy anything. They had no goods. But that was a secondary issue.

Their money was solid because it was not allowed to be diluted and didn't go outside the country. So we'll have to put some kind of rules and that sort of thing on there. But think of what this is going to do as that occurs, just these initial banking collapses. We're going to see a lot more information come out because people won't be being bribed anymore. And so they're going to say, okay, you're not paying me anymore, so I'm going to dump out all of these photos I've got of you strangling that guy or whatever the hell, right?

So there'll be a lot of that as the banking system unravels and that'll contribute to more banking system unraveling because a lot of that is blackmail that's been used to hold and stitch the system together. So we're truly at the end days of that system. I think that's great. I think it's a nasty period to live in, but in terms of we're going to suffer, but the end result is good, the direction is good, and I don't see anything other than good coming from the fact that we will suffer here. And in that sense, we will have purification and we will have suffered for our sins in undoing all of this kind of stuff, right?

Our inattention and allowing all this stuff to occur, et cetera, et cetera. So we'll have to undo all of that as we focus our attention back into our own money system and understand where it goes. And we're going to have to educate people. Our school system is going to be upended because of this, because look at how much of it is dependent on subsidies through the federal government. That's how they control the school system.

That's going to break down when they can't get out the subsidies anymore. And you'll see a lot of the school systems where the administrators, as I was saying, will resign because the kids are in rebellion because they don't want to be taught this horseshit that doesn't do them any good the rest of their lives. And basically it's the great awakening where you're just not putting up with the bullshit anymore. And as the Kazarian mafia and the central bank and all the bankers that's all they have is purveyors of bullshit, we're about to leave them in the dust of history. It won't be a fun time, though.

What do you think happens to gold and silver amidst this banking collapse and this kind of end of these fiat currencies? They go to Unobtainium. Okay. So we'll see a brief period of time where there will be nominal dollar amounts. You'll see silver rising to the point where it eventually becomes worth the same amount or more than gold, but it'll be meaningless, okay?

Because you won't be able to. A, you wouldn't want to sell your silver or gold for fiat dollar bills, and there wouldn't be anybody around to sell to that had those kind of dollars, right? We're going to go through that sudden crash of a monetary system. That the same kind of thing that existed here in the 1930s that led places like Tonino, this little town over in Thurston County, to come up with wooden, nickels, wooden currency because there was no circulating currency. So that's what we're going to run into.

Once people stop taking your card, then you got to go to the bank and then you get paper money, and then you go back to the store and they say, no, I don't want that. We can't do anything with that. And that's what we're headed to, I actually expect. All right, so under those circumstances, if we were to arrive at that point where the people are rejecting the fiat currency within the commercial system in the United States, that I think could be the prompt for a resurgence of the military and the reemergence of Trump, okay? So bear in mind something that is factual.

Trump was asked to run.

Okay? You rarely hear people talk about that. Trump was a Democrat way back in the day, right? He's not a commie. So the Democrats left him.

They became leftists and commies, and he would never have associated with them in any event. But Trump was asked to run. And so that begs the question, who asked Trump to run? Okay? And so in my opinion, a group of individuals that I've stylized since 2001 as a self organizing collective asked Trump to run.

And I think that that self organizing collective is in the main military and has a certain attitude about also, it's my opinion, and I could be quite wrong about this, of course, about any of know wildly speculative. No one confirms know military doesn't talk to me. FBI follows me, and the officialdom shadows me and gives me a lot of heat, but they don't come and chat. Right? So I'm basing this on observation and some level of acumen, but I'm of the opinion that those individuals say there were a bunch of generals, right?

Whoever it was that asked Trump to run, I think they were motivated by something that we have yet to see emerging into our reality here that will ultimately I think that they were prompted by information that they had about people on the moon. Okay? So I think there was something external to Earth that prompted these guys to say, okay, they started getting together. I think they started getting together in 63, november 23, the day after they shot Kennedy. I think this sock formed.

I think they were nascent ahead of that. I think that there were some elements of it that gathered in 1957, but in 63, they formed up. And since that period of time, all of the members within that socket, the control level, in my opinion, have become aware of this external to Earth and external to humanity pressure that is being put on all of us, even if us guys don't recognize it or know it yet, it's being put on them. And so they've come to the point where they said, okay, the money's collapsed. This is projection.

I'm projecting that sometime in the next few months, they'll come to the point where they'll say, okay, the money's collapsed. The deep state isn't going to be able to maintain the Biden regime. It's all falling apart. And this kind of thing, now is our time to emerge. When they do emerge, there will necessarily be a focus here in the United States rebuilding getting the social order back together and stuff.

But I bet you there's this underlying current that goes through there that we're doing all of this stuff not just because it's the good thing to do, but because we need to do it, because there's something pending and we've got to get our shit together in order to face that pending occurrence. And I think it's the interaction with what I term the other space aliens in some form. And so basically, looking at the military as an example and even talking to General Flyn who's become a friend in this process, it's easy to look at the military and think you look at General Milley and all the different characters in it and think, oh gosh, it's just completely compromised. I'm not going to depend on them. And when push comes to shove, the ones that would have been protecting the Constitution were forced out from the vaccine mandates and they've done a great job of calling the military and just keeping the ones that are going to be following whatever orders come down from Biden.

But you think that there's a strong opposition to that that could perhaps play a significant role in helping to really to remove this communist scourge from our country. So I spent the first 17 years of my life as a military brat, so I've seen this from the inside, right? I've grown into this. And so it's true of any war, when we get into the first part of the war, the first thing we do is to shed all the generals and a lot of the colonels that are basically useless, that are just there for their pensions, et cetera, right? We always have a big level of resignations of generals and functioning colonels prior to getting into any kind of actual combat.

And you'll see that this always precedes the actual emergence of that conflict. So we were shedding generals in 1940 and 1941 in anticipation of going into World War II, right? The same thing happened with 1910 relative to the war emerging in 1913. The same thing happened in the 1950s prior to Korea, but it didn't happen quite the same because we were just coming out of World War II. We had yet to build up this, what everybody calls the civilian military, which are the
guys that want to be diplomats, want to put on the uniforms and have the chauffeurs and all of that, but have never really done anything, right.

They're not really functionaries. And the military operates, whether it's the Navy or the army, I'm asserting the Air Force and even the Space Force operate on this. And that is that you have non comms, right, non commissioned officers. That's really where the power of all militaries lie. Officers lead, but it's non commissioned officers that manage everything.

And so you will see, if you wanted to go in, it won't come out for a while, but I bet you there are whole units within our military that had no vaccine, the non comms would not have it operational. And so I know personally, I have met Navy guys that went against orders prior to Korea in order that they might be able to get what they needed for their ship and their crewmate because they knew they were going to be deployed in like eight months, right? And so no, they weren't coasting, they weren't decommissioning, they were stashing toilet paper, they were stashing ammo, everything they could do to get what their people would need. And that's just the way the non comms are even today. It's that way, right?

They have a personal interest basically in keeping themselves and their people alive when the shit hits the fan and they can see that that fan blade's turning and stuff's going to happen. So I think that there is that core within our military. And you could ask General Flynn about his impression of some of these hardcore noncoms. But I know that there are whole units, I don't know how large, so I know there's companies, I don't know if it extends up to battalions or regiments in the main because that's a lot of individuals, three and 5000, right? But there are whole units where they signed all the forms and said the shots were given and they were just shit canned.

They just threw them right away. So that kind of rebellion, that kind of insubordination existed and it'll be those units that will emerge. Bear in mind Cheyenne Mountain was shut up, nobody's come out since. This is when COVID first emerged, right? Trump says you know something about because of caution we need to do this.

And so we've got areas of our military that are isolated from what's going on relative to COVID and the shots and all of that kind of thing. I expect this stuff to change very rapidly. The nature of warfare is different now. So people say, oh the United States Army is so decimated and they can come and take us over easily and so on. The fact of the matter is that, yeah, we've got lots of troops that are ill, the shots did damage to millions and our military is in a shambles.

But mostly warfare is not going to be waged anymore by people with carbines and people marching around, okay? That's just not the nature of warfare anymore. It's drones, it's energy weapons, et cetera, et cetera. So you don't have to move vast quantities of men in order to accomplish your strategic or otherwise goals. You need a hardcore, relatively small group of very technically proficient people in order to achieve great things.

So maybe let's say that there was a drone or a series of drones that were used to do okay to take out lahaina and that it was not a satellite, that it was just drone. So they actually had to have a crew somewhere that fueled the drone, put the batteries in, checked them, all of that kind of stuff, right? So maybe there were a hundred people involved in doing the hit on Lahaina, the actual work. There were two or three that made the decision. There were committees that decided what they're going to do.

They told Oprah and all their friends to be able to piggyback on all of this. That's just the way this thing works. But maybe there were only 100 people that actually did it under those circumstances. We're in a new kind of warfare. So if you want to see an example of this warfare, go and look at the picture of the 911 towers turning to rubble as they fell, okay?

That was a directed energy weapon, it was not shaped charges. There's no other mechanism on this planet that causes that to occur. And the dust tells us that by the way, because directed energy weapons do things to cement and so on that you can find out later. And so again, how many people were involved in bringing down the towers. So we're looking at a mass of the population against a relatively small number.

That relatively small number knows they're small in number and they have no protection once their cover is blown. Once we all look at them, we're getting to that phase. Now it will go from in my opinion, it'll go sweep through the upper echelon and then something will happen. Somebody will be a whistleblower or something and will get documentation. This particular person, this particular corpsman pushed a button that caused Lahaina to disappear.

And maybe he was ignorant, maybe he didn't know that pushing that button because maybe his screen was showing him a game that he had to solve and was part of his training. He doesn't know, he can't tell, he's just working off of a screen. But it'll come down to that point where somebody's name will come on out as having been associated with pushing a button on some of these tasks for the deep state. And then those people will start committing suicide, being disappeared or being confronted on the street or whatever. And at that point when you see that start happening, then you know that we're in that last end game relative to this part of the deep state, to their actual ability to functionally move us around.

And then it's going to be really weird because we won't have government, we won't have officialdom, because bear in mind, all of our lives, even all of my life, okay? The first early part of my life, it wasn't as true as from the 60s on, but from the 60s on all of our social order has been guided in a particular direction continuously and all the fringe people were gathered up and pushed back into that direction continuously by the deep state. We were never allowed to fractional and go off and do all of these things, right? So now we're going to come up to the point where without government control, people will be doing all kinds of stuff that had been shoehorned away from their you know, people were starting to think about going to the moon so they had to create NASA in order to control it, right? So maybe we'll have a lot more private moon expeditions.

Who knows what's going to happen here. And it is this busting open of the control that is going to be the really strange part for all of us. So imagine this situation.

You're sitting there on your porch in the evening and just kicking back and a spaceship comes down and a little me and it sits down there. It's sitting out in your yard. You're all a little freaked out, you don't know what to do. The dog's barking, but you don't run away and door opens up and out comes this being and it says seth, Seth, we've been watching, we've been watching. Love your work.

Can we sit down and chat? And that is official contact, okay? Because they don't want to talk to government. They don't want to have anything to do with official. So we have this in our heads that when the space aliens come here they're going to want to stop in DC and talk to Biden or Pelosi.

No, it won't work that way. So our interaction with the space aliens is not going to be through the layer of humanity that we call government. And once that occurs, government becomes superfluous. We don't need them anymore in any way, shape or form. A, we're going to be smarter because of the galactic center stuff, but we'll also be interacting with the aliens and we'll get a lot of tips for doing things that now require government.

And we won't have to do that because, well, for one thing, government's going to collapse because they won't have the fiat to fund themselves anymore. And that's going to cause all kinds of problems in and of itself as all these uselessly educated people. We've got to reeducate them. We've got to find something for them to do, right? Everybody that's got a degree in gender studies has got to go back to college to learn something fundamental and factual and productive.

So basically we've got to reeducate a whole generation, maybe two. A lot of them will unfortunately die because they took the shots. We're going to see a big wave of that. There is a two and a half year crest. So two and a half years after you take the shot, it appears that a number of people are fine for two and a half years and then they just keel over.

So we're going to see a big wave of that appear. People even now are starting to say about how I took the shot and I regret it.

Just like with my thing here, we've had a 13 times standard deviation in our work productivity as reported by Department of labor. So if you go and look at the statistics. We're running 13 times the standard deviation in the impact on our labor force. This was why they intended to bring up 40 or 50 million people from Africa, Latin America, et cetera, is because they're estimating that we'll have about 45 to 50 million people die. And we're well on the weight of that with just the disabled list, right?

So there's a lot of people that are just dropping out of the labor force that have not yet died and in fact they're now consuming more resources because they're involving themselves with the medical profession to try and stay alive from having taken the shot, right? And so it was the estimate on the parts of the deep state that we were going to need 40 to 50 million new workers. Now they're going about it in order to maintain the Biden regime and that kind of thing. And it's not organized, but it is factual that our labor force has been really hit. We won't be able to recover
it with the people that we have now.

We're going to have to reorganize ourselves to accommodate this. And so maybe that's going to be more robotics available. Maybe we're just going to stop doing a lot of things just because of the lack of the people involved. You just can't get a crew to do something, therefore you just don't do it. And we have to focus on different things for the rest of my life, but also for the rest of the generations that have been affected by this pandemic.

And so that would take us out to 2036 or so and then we'll have a clean generation from that point on. So between now and say, 2036, we will be reorganizing. And then from 2036 onward, you'd be able to say, okay, our society is going to sort of look like this for the foreseeable future, but we're in this all frothy period that we just don't know. We can't tell because there's so much that's been damaged by the attack of the deep state on us pretty soon. Okay?

So I've seen the early signs manifesting in reality and I termed it way back when, as these people won't be able to walk down the street. Okay? And we're seeing that Bill Gates got into a limousine and his limousine was harassed by people that were extremely angry and shouting. And had he been outside of that limousine, probably even though it was in England and they're very restrained, probably he would have suffered some level of ruffianism know, I don't think they would have slugged him because they're, you know, they would have been expressing unkind anger at him and he would not have liked that. He didn't like being in the car.

I'm certain it's going to get really bad for these people and it'll go really quickly as the banks go to the point I'm actually expecting individuals to act out. Right? I expect we'll find out later that some of these individuals have been vaxxed and are just taking out their anger on the people that they see as being the cause of their particular problem. And I say it's an ugly time. Those of us that survive this are going to be really hard sons of bitches, and that's going to be required because we have to stand up as rock solid, I mean, like as iron spine in dealing with these space aliens.

And that part is coming. So the final question I had as we round out is just what are the basic things that people should do heading into this stage of the big ugly of this massive change? The collapse of currency, social unrest, whether it's financial, whether they're staying in the dollar or not, food, living. I know it could be a very broad discussion. What are a few kind of key points, though?

No, it comes down to a very simple concept self reliancy. Okay? So you can't count on anybody else. You can't count on money. You can't count on an infrastructure dependent on that money.

So you are now self reliant. If you don't know how to do it, you're going to have to figure out how to do it. The good news is you don't have to do like I did in my youth. You don't have to go and spend hours a day in a state library to research this stuff. You can still do it online.

I expect our electronic infrastructure to still exist and be effective, and this will seriously aid people because it's going to be the most intense research effort ever undertaken by humanity, in the broad sense, in any time in our past and probably anytime in our future for a great while, because there is a need here. And so you've got to become self reliant. So if you don't know how to do it and you need to do it, you better figure out how to do it, better research it, and every time you make a move. So the big, ugly part of this is that once the banking system collapses, once we get into this idea that everybody understands we're at war and there's no longer a stable footing and so on, then you're at that. Point where you say, oh, jeez, I'm dependent on this bank, so I'd better figure out how to get my money out, how to store it, because the Fiat won't exist.

It's already degrading. Okay, so maybe you're going to buy Bitcoin. Well, then maybe you better figure out how to run a Bitcoin wallet and so you can't rely on people. So you got to go and learn this online and try it and test it and so on, such that you are comfortable being self reliant. And a lot of people are not, and a lot of people want to only take direction.

And so there's going to be a lot of histrionics. If you are. A self reliant person. You're going to come to this point where you're going to have to shove people away because they're going to deplete your resources with their needs and they are not going to be offering anything back. And you are going to be in the position where your resources are going to be stretched pretty thin.

And so you're going to have to say to yourself, I can't support you guys. You're just going to have to do it on your own, right? This is going to be a very difficult and testing time. But as I say, all of the people that come through it are going to be some serious humans, some really stand up people, right? Universe makes us.

And universe has decided that we need to harden up. So there's hope. There's hope. I'm a hopeful person. I'm not negative at all because I know that the functioning of the Kali Yuga and so forth, I'm very optimistic because I know the next generation will be born smarter than the existing one and so on and so on and so on.

And at some point I'll die and then I'll come back. Maybe I'll come back 2000 years, right? I'll be coming back in the ascending stage. So it's going to be really cool. Maybe I'll get my floaty RV.

There you go. Well, as we wrap up, I want to direct people to your substac. It's just cliffhigh substack.com. This is where I go. You've got all your everything you publish comes through here that I'm seeing and also just following you on Twitter, I guess.

X as Cliff Underscore high. I'll put those links below. And so do you have any kind of final thoughts as we wrap up?

Well, I worry about people, so now's the time to get off our butts and get it done. We don't have to really rush out. We've got to pace ourselves. We're in for the long haul. But as I say, I'm very optimistic.

Things are getting better by the day, even though we're in the midst of the chaos, even in Lahaina. The more they push, the more they fight, the more they're wearing down the deep state and they will achieve their agree? I agree. Well, Cliff, thank you so much. I know you're very busy and I really appreciate you taking the time to speak with me.

And just thank you for doing what you're doing and for being here today. All right, folks, I hope you enjoyed that interview. We're now going to be jumping into an economic update with Dr. Kirk Elliott. Kirk, as usual, it's so good to have you on, man.

Thank you so much for being here. It is so great to be with you. As usual. It really admittedly, we just got over this holiday weekend and we just finished this massive move. So my head has been on packing boxes and dealing with trying to park giant U Hauls and trailers.

So I haven't been following what's happening with the financial stuff, aside from following what's happening with the real estate market and then a lot of the things going on with bricks, but I know that you have. So walk us through what's going on right now. Well, lucky for you that you've been moving. You're never going to hear those words again because you'd be sad if you were watching the news. It's not good, brother.

It's not good. So just be thankful that you're unpacking boxes and you haul and everything. So but anyway, so there's been a lot of gaslighting, I would say, from Biden over the last couple of months about how great his economy is, right? And I started thinking about this during the BRICS meetings, when they were having the BRICS meeting, because two different types of communicators, putin and Biden, right? So Putin speaking from this posture of power and confidence.

And to me, it's not the narcissistic, smug, arrogant Putin, right? It's like when you know something that's coming down the road and you know that it's going to happen, you can speak from a point, a posture of power versus it's human nature if you're telling a lie, that you're not going to have very confident approach to your conversation, right? So when Biden talks about, oh, look, look how great the economy is under me, look at how many jobs that we're creating when there's absolutely job losses, look at all the gross domestic product and how it's growing and how we're so robust, right? And look at all this stuff, this advances that we're making, and they're all absolute lies, right? So you can't really understand a lot of what he says anyways, but even if you could, it's coming from a point of weakness, right?

So that's where you look at it. And so when I was watching this BRICS meeting and Putin standing up there and saying all this stuff, and sure enough, by the end of the BRICS meeting, six of the nine largest oil producers in the world are going to be part of BRICS. They've got 31% of global production GDP versus 30% for the G seven nations. They know what they have is something big, and they just made it bigger by basically taking away the petrodollar, right? So now when you've got Biden just basically talking about lies, it's just no confidence, sadly, in anything.

And I'm not trying to be political about it, right? I'm just saying, when he's speaking, there's just no confidence in it. He was in East Palestine the other day, being interviewed and saying, Why aren't you I mean, people there are ticked, right, because of the train wreck and the spill and everything that happened a while ago, and why aren't you helping? And his answer was so awful. There's people there that are dying, they're sick, they're hurt, right?

The economy is in shambles. And he said,
Well, I don't know if you've noticed, but I've been busy traveling all over the world. It's like, what? That's your answer? That you've been busy and traveling all over the world?

And then he named a few countries and it's like your people are hurting in your own country. Knock it off, stay home, help. Right? But maybe it's better than he doesn't help. Because whenever the government tries to help anything, it makes it kind of worse.

But anyways, his lie. So the economy is growing, right? So I pulled up this article. It's an older one, but it really paints a picture of the biden economy because this know, during the artificial intelligence OpenAI chat, GPT, this whole big tech movement that's been going on for the last nine months, that we're moving in that direction. I mean, look at Nvidia, just this poster child for amazing stock success, right?

Because they've got artificial intelligence and they're creating the chips that allow this to happen. So you would think that all of these tech giants with this big huge next wave that's going to engulf the global economy, that they'd be booming, busting at the seams, hiring everybody that they possibly can. But take a look at this list right now. It was published first in January, updated in March. It's a little bit dated, but the numbers are actually getting worse, not better, right?

So amazon 27,000 jobs cut. It's a lot of jobs, right? Meta, 21,000 jobs cut. Alphabet, that's Google, 12,000 jobs cut. Microsoft, 10,000 jobs cut.

Crypto.com, 500 jobs. Now people are like, Kirk, that's only 500 jobs. It's like, yeah, but that's 20% of its workforce. And they're one of the largest crypto companies on the planet, right? Coinbase 2000 jobs cut.

Dell, 6600, ebay, 500. Salesforce, 7000 jobs. Twilio, 1500. Twitter, 3700. I can go on and on and on.

These are a lot of job layoffs, right? And so what's Biden saying? How can he say that the economy is growing and all these numbers are increasing when unemployment is going through the roof? I would rather believe the companies telling us that these people are being laid off because they have to. Because they can't lie at the quarterly shareholders meetings or else the SEC is down their throat, right?

So those numbers are real. Biden's numbers are not. So it's like, well, Kirk, how can the government get away with lying? Oh, well, because they revised the numbers. See, Seth, you've been in media for a long time, right?

And if you tell a story or you're reporting on something and it turns out that you made a mistake, right? And so he's like, I was wrong on that one. And so you give a revision. You recant what you said a few days later and said, I made a mistake on that. Who listens to the recant?

Nobody. They only listen to the first story. So every time you see government numbers and go back and look, go back and look at the government numbers on all these reports that are coming out, they'll post something, three to four days later, it's revised lower so they can A, not get in trouble for lying because they said, oh, yeah, we revised those numbers, right? But nobody reported on it. They only report on the original story, right?

So this is how they get by with some of this garbage, is when you think about it, like the unemployment numbers, for example, these Bureau for Labor Statistics economists, they're working on this for three months straight. You would think they would have it right the first time, right? But then a few days later, it's like, oh, yeah, we made a mistake, and we made a mistake the quarter before and the quarter before that and the quarter before that. And they always revise a few days later because nobody covers it. So this is how they get by with lying.

But at some point, it's like the boy who cries wolf. It's like nobody believes the numbers anymore, right? People don't believe the original story anymore because they're always revised. I was even watching one of the main financial news networks, and they said, well, these numbers are coming out, but we'll see what happens on the revision. This is like, why even report the original anymore?

So this is all nonsense, right? But what is a bigger issue that I'm seeing other than the government lying about numbers, which they always do, is what happens to America after the BRICS meeting, right? So with the BRICS meeting, you have to look at what happened. And nobody was covering that story like we talked about last time, right? CNBC, MSNBC, ABC, NBC Fox News BBC.

Nobody was covering the BRICS meeting. Like, nobody I looked during the Bricks meeting, nobody was covering. Right? We covered it, right? Other Patriot shows were covering it because it's the most monumental economic news of our lifetime, right?

I mean, it's the paradigm shifting moment of the global currency and the reserve currency of the US. Dollar. It's a big. So what happened during that BRICS meeting is they basically removed the petrodollar status, which means that we're going to have to print money like there's no tomorrow to fund all of our obligations, and we're going to have to raise rates to slow down the inflation that that printing creates. That's what's coming up, right?

There was this article that I saw just a couple of days ago on Zero Hedge, and it was so good. It was such a good article. Kurt, before we jump into that, because I want to give that but there's a short video why I wanted to play that I thought of while you were talking about just the reality of what the average Americans facing versus what the White House and the mainstream media are telling us, because they're telling us that things are great. But actually, let me place video because this guy it's a short 1 minute video from TikTok where this guy goes through and looks at the differences between 19 32,023 and it's so telling what's really happening. So I'll play this really quick because I know the next article you want to get into is a really meaty one.

So I want to jump and get this out there first. So let me pull this up. Now. Are in a silent depression. When you compare the Great Depression to today, this is going to absolutely blow your mind.

In 1930, during the Great Depression, the average home in America was $3,900. The average car was $600 and the average monthly rent was $18 or $216 a year. And the average salary was one $300 for the year. Fast forward to today. It is $436,000 for the average home, 48 grand for the average car, and the average rent is $2,000 a month or $24,000 a year.

And we have a $56,000 income for the average American right now. So if you look back to the Great Depression, the house was only three times the average salary. Now it is eight times the average salary. The car was 46% of the salary. The car today is 85% of the salary.

And here's the craziest part. The rent was 16% of the average salary. It is now 42% of the average salary. So I saw that and I was just obviously, we know that biden has completely wrecked the economy. But what this also shows to me the takeaway is this is fiat currency, right?

I think it was Lenin that talked about is Lenin or the or both, perhaps, that talked about taxation as a way of basically grinding the people. So sorry, taxation? No, it was inflation. How inflation was like the silent tax that could grind people down. I mean, that's significant right there.

So they're telling us all things are great, yet everyone's thinking like, you pay all your bills and it's like, well, why do I have no money left? Why do you know, having to use my credit card? Why can't I afford a basic used car? And this is the reality. Doesn't matter what side of the political aisle you're on, this is the reality of life in America now.

Yeah, I mean, so Lennon's comment that you were talking about, the gist of it is if you want to destroy a country, you destroy their it. I mean, that that was the gist of what he was saying and getting at, right, and he's right. And you look at those numbers and that is the end result of fiat based money creation, or money that's just printed by wind. Fiat means by decree, right. So there's no tangible backing behind it.

Right. So what does that tell us? That tells us wages haven't kept up with inflation. That's all that that's telling us. And that's why people are feeling so pinched, right?

That's why people are feeling like they go to the grocery store and their money doesn't go as far as it used to because if your wages were keeping up with the inflation, you wouldn't feel the difference. It'd just be everything's more expensive. But you're making more. Right, but it's not the case. Everyone's feeling every year that goes by, people are feeling more and more pressured, more and more pinched.

They can't make ends meet. And also back then, what even makes it worse is most families only had one income earner in the house back then. It was societal. It was just society. The moms kind of stayed home with the kids or took care of the house while the dad was working.

Now that is so far a thing of the past. Oh, yeah. You've got both moms and dads working sometimes three jobs between the two of them. Sometimes each mom and dad have two jobs each. So you start amplifying that and it makes it even worse than what those numbers are saying.

Oh, yeah. I did a quick calculation, Kirk, I'll throw out there. This is just interesting. So I was curious. So at that time in 1930, when I think gold was what, $20 an ounce, right?

That was before the Confiscation Act, which then upped the price of gold. So gold was around $20 an ounce. So at that time you could buy the average house in America for around 195oz of gold. At that time, in 1930, that same 195oz of gold in today's numbers is almost 400,000. So that's an interesting point.

It's just a side point to throw in there
that literally you have all these changes. And if you're sitting in the dollar during that entire process, say you've got $4,000 to buy a house in 1930, or you're thinking, okay, or I can take 4000 and put it into gold, that $4,000. Say you just stuck it in your floorboards, you dug it out today maybe you can afford a door and a window on a house. Because I know that they've used the analogy of the soup before, but looking at those numbers, I was just curious with that. It's kind of interesting.

Well, and it's so appropriate. You start looking at money in its real basic form of what it is. Gold is real money, silver is real money. Start looking at things throughout history like what you just did, and it's an amazing thing. Gold or silver, they both have maintained their purchasing power parity over time.

You're not falling behind. If you would have owned gold back then and you kept it till today, you didn't fall behind at all, actually. Where the dollar has lost 99% of its value since the early 19 hundreds. 99%. It's brutal, right?

So this is where look at precious metals, gold or silver more as an insurance policy against a collapsing currency as opposed to something that's going to grow and get great investment results from now. Granted you are, because you just look back three and a half years and silver was 1191 an ounce. Today it's 23 and a half. We're averaging over 30% a year growth. It's doubled in three and a half years.

That's incredible. Right? So when you look at it, though, the way that you did, it's like, wow, why didn't I wish I would have invested in gold in the in the years ago when I thought about doing it, right? And people get so caught up and it's like, oh, let's go in stocks, let's go into bonds. Right?

But over time, gold and silver have always proven to be the safest asset in the world. And that number you just said amplifies that statement, like, puts an exclamation point around it. It's like, this is really safe. It's maintained its purchasing power over all those hundreds of years, over all the wars that have happened, over all the inflation, over all the economic corrections, the 2000, the 2009, everything. It's maintained its purchasing power.

It's amazing. It is. So sorry I interrupted you, though, because you were getting ready to talk about this article, which I'll bring up now about the rising GDP and the rising yields. Walk us through what this means. Okay, so this article is written by Matthew Pipenberg with GoldSwitzerland.com.

It's a really good article, but I'm going to simplify it just because bonds can be very tricky. But basically, he said, and he makes the contention, which I do as well, that for years he's tried to make one point, and so have I. The bond market's really smart, right? And it is the thing that is the barometer moving forward to economic correction, what's the strength of the bond market, right. But why?

So you look at what the Federal Reserve of Atlanta just came out with their GDP numbers for the third quarter. Now, every Federal Reserve Bank measures something different. They have all their economic experts that basically measure one thing. So they can basically it's a very siloed approach. Like the St.

Louis Fed measures inflation. The Atlanta one measures gross domestic product. Right. So they said the third quarter GDP was 5.9%. Is that number real or is it phony baloney like every other government number that comes out?

Right. Well, let's just assume that it's real. I do think it's overstated, but let's just assume that it's real. Well, what is gross domestic product? GDP measures everything that you and I and everybody in the country are buying at retail prices from Target and Best Buy or wherever, right?

And so those things that are produced in America. So what should it then be? If it's measuring retail prices that we're spending money on and inflation is measuring the prices of what we're spending on GDP, if the economy we're actually growing would keep up with inflation, it should be the same. So GDP should be in the 15% to 20% range because that's unofficially what inflation is hovering. So basically, meaning that, say, I'm buying a Pin, and a Pin used to be, say, $5 because of inflation.

Say it's now $6, right? So they're saying, oh, well, now you spent $6. So there's say, a 20% increase in GDP. But they're not accounting for the fact that it's actually just 20% more expensive, basically. Am I correct?

They're saying that if GDP is, say, 5%, inflation is 15%, that's a 10% reduction. Like the GP is actually, say, negative 10%. No, it's actually worse than that. So let's just say it were 5% and inflation is at 15. So that's one third of the total GDP.

So that means the economy is really contracted by 67%, right? Because it's 67% less than what inflation is at. So these numbers, they're bragging about 5.9% and they said we could even see a surge of over 8%. This isn't good, right, because it's not keeping up with inflation. You always have to measure everything in light of inflation, like the purchasing power that we talked about, of the houses and the cars and everything that we looked at, right?

It's like, well, who cares if GDP is growing by 5% when the house has gone up by like 80 times, right? Who cares? So GDP should measure inflation, should equal inflation. Well, it doesn't. So what does this now start to tell us?

A story.

So the point of all this is they think that the economy is growing. However, this is where these economists I'm not saying that they're stupid. I'm not saying that the economists at the treasury or the Fed are stupid. They're very smart PhDs. They're not telling you the right information on purpose.

That's what I'm saying.

The treasury market, the US Treasury bond should be the most the safest asset in the world and it's been considered that for decades. Right. And why? Well, because it's the long term treasury bill of the United States, the most robust economy, the wealthiest nation, and even when push comes to shove, if we run out of money, congress just going to raise the debt ceiling and print more money because we're the reserve currency. So basically the propensity for a default on a US Treasury has been about zero.

It's actually been considered a risk free investment. So when you have something that's got very little risk, it's going to have a very low rate of return. The interest rate is going to be like it was like 1%, like forever. Right. So compare that to a junk bond.

Like Michael Milken, the junk bond salesman king, right. So here's what he had to do to sell junk bonds to his clients and say, hey, client, have I got a deal for you. Right. So there's this company, they might go out of business in nine months, but you could make a killing on it in that nine months because they're paying 15% interest on their bonds, right? That's a junk bond versus the US Treasury, which is classified as the safest asset in the world.

Very low interest rate. So what's happening with Treasuries around the world right now. The yields are going up, which means their safety is not really there. Whenever you have a higher yield, it always means a riskier investment, right? So you got to keep that in mind.

You've got all this debt that we're amassing as a country, and now the cost of servicing that debt is going up, not just on corporate bonds or muni bonds, but at the sovereign debt level. To me, that's the slow death of a country. And it's not just happening here. It's happening all over the world. So it is like this article saying this is a major sign of an uhoh.

I wouldn't say it's an uhoh. I'd say it's a death trap, is what I would say that it is, because debt driven growth is not growth like these supposedly smart economists at the Fed and at the Treasuries. Debt driven growth is not growth. It's stimulus money. Growth comes from you and me and everybody else going and buying those pens with our own money, buying TVs with our own money, buying cars, buying houses.

That's real growth. Debt based growth is not real growth. So debt based growth is an oxymoron. It just truly is. You can't have debt based growth now.

You can in the short term, you provide stimulus money. That stimulus money gets injected into the stock market, gets handed out to people. Short term, it can boost an economy medium. And long term, it's the death of that economy because ultimately, you have to pay back the piper, right? So that's where we are.

So I'll just throw in. So basically, I like breaking this down in little analogies that my little pea brain can understand, right? So it's kind of like, say my household expenses are $5,000 a month, and that's representative of my capacity to earn money, et cetera. But say I get a credit card with, say, $100,000 limit, and I start spending an extra ten grand every month with a credit card. And I'm like, Look, I'm at a $15,000 a month lifestyle.

I'm growing, I'm expanding, but I'm doing it through, taking on more and more debt. So it's deceptive because it's almost like negative growth. It's like, yeah, you're increasing, your money flowing through, but every month you're actually going more and more into debt. Is that kind of a way of understanding it? Yeah.

See, they would view that extra $10,000 a month that you're spending as economic growth because you're actually spending the money. The problem is, like, if you're a business owner, you've got your expenses and your income on your income statement, right? If expenses are greater than your income, you're going to go out of business. It's just the end result. So they view that as growth, where I view it as the death trap, because ultimately, people hit their max credit line, then they have to stop.

It's like, oh, now they've got these payments. We can't
make these payments, right? It's like, what do we do? So this is where we are when something is an oxymoron, meaning it absolutely doesn't make sense. The only people that believe an oxymoron to be true are morons, right?

And they're the ones that are writing it. They're the ones that are writing these laws of these oxymorons, and they're the only ones that believe. So let's paint this picture with a story, because I think everybody who has college age kids is going to realize, oh, my word, kirk's telling the truth on this. So in this article, they call it the Tale of the Drunken Stupid, right? So I'm going to embellish it a little bit for story's sake.

So let's just say, Seth, that you are a frat boy. You're in college and you're in this frat house, and everybody else in the frat house is also a frat boy. Well, frat boys have dads that give them credit cards to use in college, right? So if you're living in this frat house and you've got Daddy's credit card, what's the first thing that you're going to buy? It's like, oh, guys, let's build a bar in the house, and then let's stock that bar with top shelf liquor.

It's like, we're going to have parties every night, and so we can't just have that. Let's get the biggest giant screen TV screen that we can, but we're going to have to have a big party couch to sit on. And so they start spending all this money and live this party lifestyle. And what's the end result? The end result is they're in college to learn, right, and their grades, because they're not focusing on school.

Go from A to B to C to D to F. Dad's seeing the report cards, and he calls up, son, I'm cutting you off from your credit card. You're wasting all of my money parting it up, not studying. I paid for your college. I'm paying for the stupid lifestyle.

And now you're getting f's. No more credit card for you. And every other dad in the frat house starts to do the same thing over time. So now apply that to Washington, DC. DC.

Is the frat boy. The dad's credit card is the printing press, right? So people in DC. Are just spending all this money, all this frivolous money, stimulus, raising the debt ceiling, doing all this garbage. And now Daddy's credit card has run out because of what happened during the BRICS meeting.

And Putin and G saying, we're taking away the petrodollar status of the US. Dollar. That foreign capital inflow ceases. It's the only way we've been able to amass $32 trillion worth of debt. And people still want our currency.

So now that that's going away, we're going to be forced to print money like there's no tomorrow to keep the lifestyle up. And so how do they slow down? That inflation. They raise interest rates, right? And so this is.

Where you're starting to see the yield on sovereign debt rise across the globe. Because Daddy's credit card has been cut off, the credit limits have been reached, and now the only thing that comes, how do you fix it? Right? So how do you fix a declining economy? It's not with stimulus money.

It's with people working, people spending. Right? Because debt based growth is not growth. That's an oxymoron. Growth only comes from people spending their own money.

So you need to have a bigger boat, right? So to stay afloat in this economy, you need to have a bigger boat where there's more people working, more people spending. That means more income tax revenues, more sales tax revenues, more property tax revenues. The government revenue streams will go up with a bigger boat. Without a bigger boat, the economy sinks.

The whole boat sinks. Right. So the policies that we're seeing right now, rising taxes, rising interest rates and wage reduction, which that TikTok video that you showed proved wage reduction is there. Don't believe what the Biden administration is telling you. When a house what was the average price of a house?

Back in the early 19 hundreds, you said it was like, I think I have it up right here. Yeah. So the average price yeah. So the average yearly income was 1300. The average house cost was 3900.

So three times the amount of average income. Whereas now the average house is eight times the average income. Yes. So people are running out of income. Wages, obviously, have been coming down not just this year, but for decades as inflationary pressures have persisted.

Now, you can hide that for a bit until you max out your credit line, right? Like what you explained, once you hit your credit line, it's all unmasked. And that's what we're seeing right now, which is why this rising yield and rising GDP is actually, to me, the sure sign of the death of the dollar as we know it. It's the slow death of the US economy. And I don't even think it's going to be that slow.

I think it's going to accelerate. And so here's where we now start to hit a dilemma. So throughout history, and I know that you're a student of history just like I am, I love it. I love historical stuff. So always following an economic collapse is social collapse.

It always follows it 100% of the time. So you look at what happened in France four months ago or so, when France you've got all these socialist people in France, in socialist country France, that paid excess taxes their whole life because it's a socialist country for them to take care of them during retirement. So what did France do? Macron said, hey, we kind of ran out of money. Sorry, everybody, we're going to raise your retirement age.

You can't actually retire for a few more years. People started to revolt. Blood in the streets, right? Riots, protests. I mean, nothing against old people.

I've got a gray beard, right? But 70, 80 year old people in the streets were being knocked down by cops because they were just protesting. It's like we're socialists living in a socialist country and paid higher taxes and we want our retirement. It's all that they were asking for and the government took it away because they ran out of money. Well, what comes next?

What comes next after they raise the retirement age is what happened in Cyprus and Greece way back in the day and what happened in Argentina and Venezuela. Then you have other austerity measures like reducing benefits while increasing the retirement age. Anything that the government can do to save money, right? So what happens is you saw the social chaos happen there. Washington DC.

This week I saw this article and I thought it was an article about the hurricane that just blew through Florida, right. All the shelves were and then I read it's like, wait, this has nothing to do with the hurricane. This is in DC. Basically, Giant Foods, which is like a grocery store, like or, you know, Piggly Wiggly or whatever, right? Large grocery store chain in the mid Atlantic.

They basically are taking all the brand name stuff off the shelves and replacing it with generic store brand stuff, hoping that not everybody's going to steal it because people are stealing the name brand stuff. So here's where in social decay, this is kind of the ugly reflection of humanity, right? Where something that's unethical and immoral, like stealing becomes a higher order than a morality thing. How do I explain it? If you're forced with feeding your family or not, even stealing becomes an ethical decision, right?

So it's this higher order of morality even though it's wrong, it's like, should I steal because I don't want my family to starve? Yeah, I think I'm going to do it because I don't want my family to starve. And people start justifying immoral, bad actions. Government officials are justifying stealing from us through all this increased inflationary pressures and printing money like there's no tomorrow to keep the thing afloat. Right.

Because they're not going to get voted back in if they don't. So what we're starting to see is the rise of social disarray. It starts with theft and burglaries and robberies in every big city around the country. You're seeing a rise in violent crime, muggings, lootings, death, right. Guns, stabs, I mean, everything.

It's starting to actually happen, which of course it's going to happen. It always follows economic chaos. Always 100% of the time. Doesn't matter how advanced or unadvanced the society is, it always follows it, right? So we're starting to go down that path and we're even now seeing it with politics, right?

So the social decay that we're seeing, look what Adam Schiff did last week. Actually earlier this week I saw the article has to do with J Six and Trump being arrested right? So he brought up section, Article 14, section three of the Constitution. It says anybody who's in part of an insurrection or aiding people or helping them, an insurrection can never hold public office, right? So this is going to go to the Supreme Court because now there's states that are saying we're not going to put Trump on the 2024 election on the ballots, right?

So imagine, just imagine this, the massive front runner on the GOP possibly not being able to run, right, because the states won't put them on the ballot. And so this is going to go to the Supreme Court. What if the Supreme Court says, yeah, Trump, you can't run? What's that going to do to social chaos in this country? It's going to be wild.

I'm not trying to be a prophet. I'm just saying I don't care if you're on the left or the right when your front runner says we can't run. And based on Adam Schiff's own words in that article that you have on the screen, he said the Constitution doesn't say you have to be convicted of the crime. It just says that you have to be part of it, right, to not hold public office. So it's like what, anybody anywhere can make up anything about anybody and what they're saying is the rule of law in America doesn't exist anymore and you are guilty until proven innocent, right?

And so that to me is evidence of social
decay and what's happening, and it all comes from economic collapse. What we're seeing right now is a function of biden's economy. And it was Bill Clinton that said it really, really well, it's the economy, stupid, right? People vote with their wallets, right? And if the economy stinks, this is why you're going to distract.

This is why when the BRICS meeting was happening and I was surfing through the channels looking for news on the internet anywhere, nobody was covering the most important economic news story of a century. Literally. It's the changing of the guard. It's the paradigm pendulum shifting moment of moving power from the west to the east and removing the US dollar's reserve currency status. That's what it was.

But what was everyone focused on? Trump's mug shot. It's like, well, I don't care about the mug shot. I don't care how he looked. I do care that the irrational reasoning of why he had to have a mug shot, right?

I mean, that's bogus garbage. Or they were concerned about counterfeit Taylor Swift tickets during her concert tour or all this other dumb know, just deflecting from the important to the meaningless and keeping people's eyes off of what's really truly important, right? So you add all of this up, we've got economic collapse, societal collapse, and we are going to be in a dark period for a bit. I mean, we just are, because you don't come through these things real quickly. But there is light at the end of the tunnel, right?

This is why I can have a smile on my face. Why you can? Because financially, there's solutions. We've been talking about it for a long time. Gold and silver doing very well.

We talked about how it maintains its purchasing power over time. That's another added element. We talked about how it gets you out of the Central Bank digital currency system. So you're no longer a digital slave in their digital world, where they can cut you off from buying or selling because it's a tangible asset that you take delivery of. Doesn't have title, there's no property taxes on it, right?

Like a house, which is a tangible asset. But you don't really own a house even when you own it. Just try not paying your property taxes and see what happens, right? They'll sell it in a tax lien auction, right? So gold and silver, there's no title to it.

It's like a bearer bond. If you have it, it's yours. Kind of a deal. And you could use it for barter in a worst case scenario. I know that you're very much a preparedness guy, right?

Because people need food storage, food. They should have silver, they should have their own garden. They should be able to self sustain in an economic crisis. I don't care if it's a hurricane blowing through town, tornado, economic collapse, you lose your job and you just can't afford to live for a bit, right? It would be really good if you were prepared for things like that coming up.

What I'm talking about is going to be more of a prolonged contraction of the economy. And people just need to decide now how to overcome and actually thrive during those time frames that I think that we're going to be in. But when you are, that will put a smile on your face. Because you're going to be able to not just survive, but thrive with the growth that we're seeing in metals. The ability to put food on the table for your families, right?

Because here's what comes after this chaos and collapse. And again, not trying to be a prophet, it's just human nature, right, is during times of cris, people will give up their freedoms. So you have this crisis that's so bad and people can't feed the families and they've resorted to stealing to feed their families. Right? I mean, that's what we're seeing already.

What's the carrot that the Central Bank digital currencies are going to use? I think it's going to be universal basic income, saying you take our CBD system and you'll have $1,000 a month in credits and debits and credits coming into your account every month, just take it. It's like, don't take it. It's your ultimate loss of freedom and privacy ever. But they're going to make it really difficult for you to want to say no.

Right? But if you have something where you can afford to say no because you're prepared, then it doesn't matter. And that's how you can have a smile on your face, even though our freedoms are eroding all around us. Well, one interesting point is that say you're in a bind. The thing with, say, silver, for instance, say you've got 30oz of silver and you need some quick money.

It's something that even locally, you can go find there's coin shops, there's different kinds of gold buyers. So even if you have to in a pinch, it's like it becomes that last resort where you pull out a few coins, you go some maybe you might lose a few percentage points in that sale, but it's liquid, it converts. You'll find any number of those people that they say, hey, do you buy generic rounds? They'll say, yeah, it's like, what are you paying? We pay Spot, or whatever it is.

And it's like, oh, okay. So it's not like it's some asset, like, say you're investing in a painting or a stock or something where if you want to pull your money out of that, it's a complicated process. So just a thing to kind of put out there. And what I suspect is that as things get worse and worse, you're going to have people that start opening up more businesses that are actually buying precious metals and converting them and trading them and authenticating. That was my old business, is I've had people come in, they'd be like, hey, I need money.

My dad left me here's 400oz of silver. So I'd look at it, I'd test it, and I'd say, okay, well, here's a check or here's cash. Right? So it's interesting how it's just interesting looking at that video about life in 1930 and life now, because like I said, I'd always heard the suit analogy. Like you could buy a whole suit for a single gold coin.

How it's the same. It's just interesting to look at trace these currencies and the role of different currencies in bartering and trading over the course of history. Yeah, it is what people do. Where there's a will, there's a way, right? And if you can't survive and feed your family.

Basically, mom and pops merchants don't want the currency anymore for whole host of ideological reasons, financial reasons, whatever. You better have something that you can barter with and trade with to feed your family until things transition out of that phase and we get back to a sense of normalcy again. Normalcy always comes, right? But it might be a while. It might be a while.

And this is why we're protecting and preserving and thriving right now with silver. And it reminds me of there's a story that I heard is either Argentina or Venezuela, that after the collapse and after the currency had collapsed, people were lining up with wheelbarrows full of cash to buy a like, that's how bad the hyperinflation was. Yet a single ounce of silver would feed a family for about a month. So to me, that's the contrast of what happened. So, anyway, kirk, I know we're kind of past time for you, but just quickly, before you send off folks, if you want to get a hold of kirk or his company, give them a call.

720-605-3900 to speak to an advisor there. Or go to goldwithseth.com, fill out the form below, and one of his advisors will contact you. And that information is in the description as well. So, Kirk, as usual, thank you so much for coming on the show. I always enjoy these conversations.

I can't wait till I have the studio set up for the in person, because I'd love to have you come and spend 3 hours or more just sitting and talking. So thank you for coming on. Yep, I can't wait. That'd be awesome. Well, we'll talk to you soon.

All right. Thank you, Kirk.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Simpson’s Sun Death-Ray Destroys Town – 2023

Simpson's Sun Death-Ray Destroys Town - 2023

Simpson's Sun Death-ray destroys town - 2023

Episode Summary:

In a particular episode of "The Simpsons," the central plot revolves around a statue erected in the Town Park. This statue, due to its reflective properties, concentrates sunlight into a powerful death ray, leading to widespread destruction in the city. The solution to this catastrophic problem is found in placing a blue tarp over the death ray, neutralizing its effects. An interesting note is that at the episode's start, Homer can be heard chanting "Hawaii" multiple times. This repetitive mention of Hawaii and the blue tarp used at the climax draw parallels to the blue objects that remained unscathed during fires in Maui.

#video #episode #TheSimpsons #statue #TownPark #sunlight #deathray #city #destruction #bluetarp #solution #Homer #Hawaii #climax #parallels #blueobjects #fires #Maui #central #reflective #catastrophic #neutralizing #unscathed #firesinMaui

Simpson's Sun Death-ray destroys town - 2023

Why? Here we come. Ananakuli Makawani, an owner. Nana Lulu, Hawaii. Hawaii?

What about Hawai Mao? Who's going to hawai? Am I going to hawai? Stop saying Hawaii in there, you fool. You've erected a massive concave reflective surface.

It will focus the sun's beam in our deadly ray.

First off, I'd like to thank the good people at Chenjin Smelting and Mining and Donuts and Tarts for neutralizing our wonderful deadly new Lard Lad.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Woo War – 09-05-2023

Woo War - 09-05-2023

Woo War - 09-05-2023

Episode Summary:

The author reflects on the current state of the world, suggesting that we might be in the midst of a covert war involving advanced weaponry, specifically directed energy weapons. On September 5, while picking huckleberries, the author delves into the recent Maui fires, theorizing they were not natural but rather a result of a directed energy weapon attack. This speculation is further fueled by the observation that certain celebrities, including Oprah, had painted their houses a specific color, which seemed to offer some form of protection against these attacks. The author believes that this wasn't just for a land grab but indicates a deeper, strategic motive.

The nature of warfare, according to the author, is evolving. With the advent of energy weapons, there's no need for the traditional movement of large-scale forces. Instead, a button can be pressed, releasing energy that causes significant damage. The author ponders on the real target of the Maui attack, suggesting that it might have been something underground, possibly a base or facility. These high-power waves, as described, can heat up structures, causing them to crumble.

In a broader context, the author touches upon the recent UFO declassifications and wonders if there's a connection between these unidentified flying objects and the ongoing covert war. Could it be possible that we're at war with extraterrestrial beings on the moon? The author suggests that while this might sound far-fetched, the series of recent inexplicable events could be hinting at something larger at play.

The narrative concludes with the author's personal plans, mentioning upcoming interviews and the intention to buy blue tarps, possibly for protection against these energy weapons.

Throughout the piece, there's a sense of urgency and a call to be observant of the changing world dynamics, urging readers to question the events around them and not take things at face value.

#HelloHumans #September5 #Huckleberries #DirectedEnergyWeapon #MauiFires #Oprah #War #Kabul #KazarianMafia #CaliforniaFires #Lahaina #HighPowerMicrowaves #TurkeyQuake #LandGrab #StrategicValue #UndergroundBases #BlueTarps #SpaceAliens #UFOdeclassification #Interview

Woo War - 09-05-2023

Hello humans. Hello humans. Let's see if this is going to work. It's Tuesday, the 5 September, probably ten. And ten ish probably more than that.

Probably after eleven I'm out picking berries. So I'm not really sure as to the time getting huckleberries here, doing onesie, picking, not raking the bushes because these bushes back out of the sun don't ripen all at the same time. So you want to pick them for maximum crop, you do it one z, two z's. Also it's easier to clean them because then you can get berries that are maximally ripe and not have to deal with the raked in green ones. Anyway, September 5 and I think we're at war and I think the war is breaking out into the open.

I mean, we know we're at war in some regards, like the Kabul versus the Kazarian mafia versus the rest of us, right? But I think there's another layer going on there that's going to be emerging pretty soon. And my thinking here is that maybe okay, so the Maui fires were an attack in my opinion, by a direct energy weapon, directed energy weapon. And that weapon was fairly precise. It didn't burn Oprah or any of her buddies houses, but you know that they painted their houses almost a year ago in anticipation of this event.

So this war, they were aware that this attack was going to occur. So it was kind of like a Pearl Harbor and these people knew in advance a year ago that it was likely to happen. And so maybe it's a situation of where it wasn't just them trying to do a land grab, but they knew it was coming and we're going to take advantage of it. Right. But they knew that this attack was going to happen on Maui for whatever reason, for whatever purpose, and they were just going to be able to take advantage of it after it had occurred.

I have to be careful not to fall over because I'm getting the big tall berries way at the top anyway, that's going to cause them some problems, I think. Right. That peculiar blue color, coincidentally the same color as my house. So now I'm thinking about this and I'm doing an analysis tree, a decision tree of basically who do I think knew what when. And I'm going along and it's like, it just keeps coming back to a conclusion that like, well, we've probably been at war for a couple of years and ever since the fire is in California and that those were probably caused by direct energy weapons.

There's just really a sign of that. Looks like they've been using these directed energy weapons for some time and that so far the Earth population is not aware this war is going on. I think that's about to change for a number of reasons.

The openness of it and then other stuff going on, especially know, sealing off Lahaina now and some of the other stuff that's going to be coming out, right? So I think there's a lot of people involved as victims that didn't realize they were at war, didn't realize that Cabal knew that this was going to happen. Now, did they do it? I don't know. So I don't think, in my opinion, they didn't do it so that Oprah could have a bigger place, right?

Or The Rock could buy some more waterfront. I don't think they did it for that reason. Whoever did do it, I do think that Cabal was aware it was going to be done and may have had to have been done. And because of the nature of the event, I think that it was more than just a laser. I think there was one of these high power microwave weapons, the HPM or the HPW, you'll see it listed both ways, high power waves or high power microwaves anyway.

And I think these guys were just like piggybacking on that. Never let a good crisis go to waste, but that they knew it was coming. And like I say, I think that's going to cause them some trouble here in the future because so many people are waking up to shit going on anyway. So I think this is going to be coming out and it may lead to a largeish weird move for everybody. Covering everything up with blue tarps.

This stuff is deadly, but apparently is diffused by the color blue. And so will we see our whole world going blue as a result of this? Is this a space alien aspect? Is it a Sci-Fi world warfare aspect that the only way to keep your possession safe is to turn them into this strange blue shade? Maybe so.

Maybe so. Anyway, so as I say, I think that there is an ongoing war. I think it's been ongoing for a number of years. Relocate, and that it's going to escalate, and it's going to escalate in a much more visible fashion. Now, where that's going to lead is going to be really weird because there's so much we don't know, right?

So who did the attack on Maui? Who actually pushed the button? Was it an American soldier somewhere that didn't know what the fuck he was pushing the button on? That could easily happen. They just sit in front of screens and do as they're told.

A lot of them don't have the knowledge of what the target is. They're just seeing this thing on the screen coming in from the drone. And they could even think it was a test exercise and not know. So in that sense, they wouldn't be culpable for being in the war, but they might very well have really escalated or that sort of thing. Right.

But who did the hit? Why are the authorities acting the way they are? Some of the authorities are bound to be totally ignorant of what's going on, not have a fucking clue. And so they could be expected to be having generalized freakouts and so on. But would they put tarps around everything?

Would they try and obscure I don't know. Are these people encountering bodies that look like that Bloated Dog? If so, that's a result of these high power waves, okay? Those interact with the iron in the blood and heat up the blood really fast, heat up all of the water in the plasma in your blood, all of the water in your cells. And they cook you from the inside out and you turn this weird Bloated Dog kind of kind of corpse because you've been cooked and all your blood solidified, et cetera.

Are they finding that in the bodies that they are finding? There's statements out there that the water was on fire. Okay, that would be these high power waves. That would be the microwaves causing an actual plasma effect as they strayed off of the land over the water. And supposedly people sought refuge in the water.

I would too from a fire, if that's what I thought it was. And they were supposedly swept away. I don't know that they were swept away so much as they were killed by the water ionizing and becoming energized and then they floated away. Right. So different kind of a thing there entirely.

But there sure seems to be a lot of evidence that this war is ongoing. It's fairly large. They hit Turkey the other day. We have the giant Turkey quake a while back. These kinds of things know, not necessarily just a banker trying to influence a country to do XYZ.

They may really be a form of active warfare that's just ongoing and nobody bothers to tell all of the victims, which is to say all of us civilian bastards, right.

So we're the ones that are ignorant of it.

As I say, I think for a couple of reasons here that that's going to break out not only because of the pressure that's going to be put on Oprah by all of the conspiracy theorists. So you saw what happened to Bill Gates in I think it was London or England somewhere where they was heckled and they surrounded his car and gave him shit, called him a bastard, all of these kind of things, right. So he can't walk down the street now. Pretty soon it'll be pretty much global. Anywhere these guys are recognized, they won't feel safe.

This is going to be one of the reasons that they have these giant security services, but that's not going to help them anyway.

All right?

Okay. So in my decision tree, I go through and I say, okay, so who knew about this attack on Maui and can we determine that? I think we can determine to some degree that people like, you know, and Rock and all these other people that painted their house that color were at least aware of it enough to have been told, here, you got to do this take advantage of this, blah, blah, blah. So I don't think it was a land grab at that level. I don't think that the attack was specifically for the land grab.

I think the attack was for other reasons. The land grab is incidental just taking advantage.

There's going to be a lot of that I'm sure, as we go forward with this. This kind of warfare with these energy weapons is going to be weird because see it doesn't require the movement of large scale forces around the planet to do things right. You're just there, you hit a button, the energy goes out, arcs across, reflects off a certain part of the sky or it shoots out of a drone that you've got circling and it's a done deal and it pulses down until you run out of juice and your enemy's house is toast.

Of course you're going to expect those that have the capacity to retaliate and so I think we're going to see some level of that. Now who was the actual intended victim in the Maui hit? As I say, that was just too much risk and too much energetic outlay for just a land grab so that some of the celebs can get more property, right? I think that there was some kind of strategic value of something there that was getting smooshed out by all of the energetic weapons and I think maybe it was underground. We'll have to see how that part of it plays out.

But the high power waves have a capacity to heat up cement and heat up ray bar in cement or in concrete and so that pulverizes stuff that's underground and so your underground base becomes just crumbles on itself. Not a good thing if people are in it, that kind of thing. Or if you got stuff stored there. Maybe it doesn't work if it's covered with blue. But this is the high power waves so not a laser.

So I don't know, I don't think that that's going to be a shield.

These are also the ones that start fires off of metal is these microwaves. And it may be coincidentally that for whatever reason targeting or whatever blue is a safety color relative to these guys as well. That appears to be the case in Maui, it's worth noting and taking what cheap protection you can. So I'm going to buy a couple of blue tarps to have around here, cover up my car, that kind of thing. It doesn't hurt here in the winter anyway.

And I've got no garage so it's not like it's too outlandish.

May actually aid, you just don't know. We're into a squirrely world now where in the past if we have a war a bomb would fall down and blow the fuck out of everything around it. Now that's not necessarily going to be happening but nonetheless we might have very large levels of damage all the fuck over anyway. So I think that's about it. Just wanted to say I think we're at war and we'll see.

It may be popping out into consciousness here pretty quick. I do think, by the way, that we're going to get a lot of space alien crap on schedule. We had our space alien or well, we had the UFO declassification page put out by officialdom and then we've had some more space alien or UFO kind of stuff pop up on people's radar here over the last couple of days, coincidentally with all this other war shit going on. So what if we're at war with the aliens on the moon and our government is just keeping us ignorant of this, right? At some point it'll become obvious when the fuckers invade us and whatever the hell they're going to do.

But until then we might not know. It might be so far as we're concerned and so far as the normies are concerned, just a weird string of rather inexplicable events. Anyway, I got to concentrate on my picking here. So that's it. I've got an interview tomorrow.

Not going to go in and do shopping until Thursday, so so I won't be doing a drive talk until then. I've got another interview on Friday. I have no idea when these will be posted or anything. Anyway, so talk to you guys later.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.